Skip to main content

Full text of "Connecting Induction Motors: The Practical Application of a Designing ..."

See other formats


Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books .google .com/I 



pGiNEERM^a 
UBHARY 

r/r 



CONNECTING 
INDUCTION MOTORS 





VlkQrobo-Mll Book QxJm 

PUBIISHETIS OF, BOOKS FOR^ 

Electrical \\forld '^ Ei^ineerir^ News^Record 
Power V Engineering and Mining Joumal-Ress 
Chemical and Metallurgical Engineering 
Electric Railway Journal v Coal Age 
American Machinist ^ Ingenieria Intemadonal 
Bectrical Merchandising ^ BusTiansportation 
Journal of Electricity and Western Industry 

Industrial Engineer, 



iiii ii h i i iiin M ifi1iiiiif h !i!in ^ i m i fr i mr i1 i ii rn T i ii i ifftii iiii >i H 




CONNECTING 
INDUCTION MOTORS 



The Practical Application of a Designing Engineer's 
Experience to the Problems of Operating Engineers, 
Armature Winders and Repair Men. Also the Presen- 
tation to Students of Practical Questions Arising in 
Winding and Connecting Alternating Current Motors. 






A. M.'^pUDLEY, B.S. in E.E. (Michigan) 

FBLZX>W AMBRICaW ZNBTITnTB KLBCTRICAIi BMaZNBBBS; MBMBBB SOCIBTT OF 

AUTOMOTIYB BNOINBBB8: IIANAOBR AUTOMOTiyB BNOZNBBBINQ 

DBPABTMBNT, WBSTINOHOnSB BLBCTBIC AND MAZOT- 

FACTXTBINQ COMPAITr 



FiBST Edition 
Fourth Impbbssion 



McGRAW-HILL BOOK COMPANY, Inc 

NEW YORK: 370 SEVENTH AVENUE 
LONDON: 6 A 8 BOUVERIE ST., E. C. 4 

1921 



• •• • 



Copyright, 1921, by the 
McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc. 



PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMEBIC A 



THE MAPLE PRESS • YORK PA 



s 



I 

o 
o 















PREFACE 



The material which later developed into this book appeared 
first in the ''Electric Journal'' in February, 1916. It was pre- 
pared as a general answer to questions which come to the Ques- 
tion Box Editor, regarding Induction Motor Connections and 
the possibility of making changes to meet varying conditions of 
voltage, phase, etc. This article came to the attention of Mr. 
F. A. Annett, Associate Editor of "Power," and at his request 
was elaborated into a series of articles appearing at intervals from 
January, 1917, for about 3 years. From the comments on these 
articles, there appeared to be a justification for a permanent 
form which is now presented in this book. 

Owing to the fact that the articles appeared in this way and 
-^ without definite plan at the start, the material lacks unity in 

some details, and also bears evidence of being viewed from a 
repair standpoint rather than as a book on winding. The 
author still cherishes the hope that the future may bring time 
and opportunity for a revision, which will permit a more orderly 
r^ arrangement. In its present form it is offered for what it may 

be worth to practical men engaged in operating and repair 
work. It was these men who were always in mind and for whose 
5^ use the material was intended. 

^ The author takes this opportunity of expressing his grati- 

tude to the Westinghouse Electric and Manufactiu'ing Company 
for permission to present the material, and to the "Electric 
Journal" and "Power" for the use of cuts and material appear- 
ing in their columns. He wishes also to express a personal 
appreciation of the assistance and inspiration afforded by Mr. 
F. A. Annett, whose interest in the subject made this book 
possible. 

A. M. Dudley. 

East Pittsbubgh, Pa., 
November, 1920. 



CONTENTS 



Pbeface 



Paob 
V 



Introduction xi 

CHAPTER I 

What the Winding on an Induction Motor Accomplishes . . 1-4 

Counter Electro-motive Force — Functions of the Windings 
d.c. Motor — Synchronous Motor — Induction Motor. 

CHAPTER II 

The Rotating Magnetic Field 5-21 

Why a Motor Drives its Load — How Torque is Produced — 
Setting up a Rotating Magnetic Field by Alternating Cur- 
rent — Direct Current Analogue — The Frequency of an Alter- 
nating Current — ^The Counter Electro-motive Force — Method 
of Building the Magnetic Field from Pictures — ^Setting up a 
Magnetic Field with Three-phase Currents — Drawing a 
Graphic Picture of the Magnetic Field — Interchanging Two 
Leads Reverses Direction of Rotation. 

CHAPTER III 

Types of Windings 22-50 

Effect of Form of Slot— Windings Used in Partly Closed Slots 
— Windings Used in Open Slots — Master Diagrams for Polar 
Grouped Windings — "Wave" or "Progressive" Diagrams — 
Standard d.c. Form of Wave Winding Adapted to a.c. — 
Voltage Relation of Individual Coils in this Winding — Con- 
centric Coil Windings — Rearrangement of Concentric — Coil 
Windings — Wave Windings — ^Passing to Open Slot Windings — 
Standard "Lap" Winding — Phase Insulation — Schematic 
Diagram — Check for Connecting Proper Ends of Phases to 
Star Point — How to Draw a Diagram to Suit Any Case — 
Three-phase Star Diagrams — Delta Diagrams. 

CHAPTER IV 

Chorded Windings or the Effect of Coil Throw on the 

Magnetic Field 51-76 

Advantages of Chording the Winding — Changing Poles with 
Constant Throw — ^Explanation of Term "Chord Factor" — 
Effect of Chording — Distribution Factor Less Important — 
Phase Insulation Important — Plotting Pictures of the Mag- 
netic Field — Effect of Chording Shown Graphically. 

• • 

Vll 



VUl CONTENTS 

CHAPTER V 

Pagb 

Effect of Voltage on Windings and PossiBiLiTr of Connect- 
ing A Winding for Mobe than One Voltage 77-86 

Checking Insulation for New Voltage — ^Insulation Tests — 
Volts per Turn — General Tables Covering All Voltage Con- 
nections. 

CHAPTER VI 

How THE Number of Phases Effect the Windings and the Re- 
sult OF Changing Voltage and Phase at the Same Time . 87-104 
Two-phase to Three-phase — Scott Connection or "Tee" — 
Phase Changes and Voltage Changes Combined — ^Effect on 
Voltage between Collector Rings and Control 

CHAPTER VII 

How THE Frequency Affects THE Windings 105-112 

Checking the Speed when Operating at Higher Frequency — 
Relation between Voltage and Frequency — Relation between 
Torque, r.p.m. and Horsepower — Starting a Squirrel Cage 
Motor by Bringing up the Generator from Rest. 

CHAPTER VIII 

The Number of Poles and the R.P.M. and the Possibility 

OF Varying Them WITH THE Same Winding 113-122 

Check Points in Changing Number of Poles — Slip — Chord 
Factor — Counter e.m.f. 

CHAPTER IX 

Less Common Connections Used for Unsymmetrical Condi- 
tions OR in an EBiERGENCY 123-133 

Number of Slots not a Multiple of Phases Times Poles — 
Consequent Pole Windings for Two Speeds — "SpUt Group" 
Diagrams — "Tee" Connection. 

CHAPTER X 

Reconnecting an Old Winding for New Conditions 134-152 

General Fundamental Considerations — Cross-section of Cop- 
per and Iron — Generator Action of the Winding — Changing the 
Throw — ^AU Changes Can be Handled as Voltage Changes — 
1. Change in Voltage — 2. Change in Phase — 3. Change in 
Frequency — 4. Change in Number of Poles or Speed — ^5. 
Change in Horsepower — Example of Each. 



CONTENTS ix 

CHAPTER XI 

Paqb 

Locating Faults IN Induction Motor Windings 153-181 

Noisd and Vibration — Separating Air Noise from Magnetic 
Noise — Mechanical Vibration — Grounds — Short Circuits — 
Reversed Coil — Reversed Group — ^Wrong Grouping — Re- 
versed Phase — Connected for Wrong Voltage — ^Wrong Num- 
ber of Poles — Open Circuits — First Fault — Second and Third 
Faults— Fourth and Fifth Faults— Sixth Fault— Seventh 
Fault— Eighth Fault— Ninth Fault— Tenth Fault— Compass 
Test — Balance Test — Usual Order of Locating Defects. 

CHAPTER XII 

How TO Figure a New Winding for an Old Core 182-200 

Effect of the Winding on the Performance — Nineteen Points 
Considered in a Design — Output Coefficient and Table — ^Iron 
below Slots — Flux per Pole — Conductors per Phase — FuU 
Load Current per Lead — ^Insulation Space in Slot — Formula 
for Figuring Volts between Collector Rings. 

CHAPTER XIII 

Standard Group Diagrams prom 2 to 14 Poles 201-219 

How Standard Diagrams are Drawn — Changing from Star to 
Delta. 

CHAPTER XIV 

Wave Diagrams 220-244 

Why Rotor Winding is Always Three-phase — How Wave Dia- 
gram is Drawn. 

Index 246 



INTRODUCTION 

The best teirt books for students usually are written by those 
most familiar with the art of teaching; so should the best techni- 
cal books, for the active workers, be written by those who are in 
the midst of such work. Otherwise the text is liable to lag be- 
hind the actual practice. In the electrical art the growth has 
been so rapid and the changes in practice so numerous, that 
only those directly in touch with the many developments are 
able to tell the up-to-date story. Unfortunately, it is only in 
rare cases the doer is the teller, that is, too often he delegates the 
telling of his work to others, while he continues to do. Lack of 
practice in writing is often back of this. In Mr. Dudley's book 
we have a very positive exception to the usual practice, for here 
we have the case of a writer with fourteen years of active prac- 
tical experience upon which to build his treatment of the sub- 
ject. Consequently there is a sincerity in the facts presented 
and a logic in their treatment which appeal strongly to the 
practical man. The method given for checking phase rotation 
on a three phase winding, is an example, as is also the table of 
voltages showing how connections may be changed for any com- 
bination of phases and voltages. Since the treatment does 
represent good engineering practice, it also makes an appeal to 
the student whose practical experience is still ahea^ of him. 

like all highly technical subjects, the Induction Motor, in the 
past, has been treated very completely from the theoretical stand- 
point, while comparatively little has been published concerning 
the really practical details, of which the windings are a prominent 
part. This type of motor, while much later "in the running" 
than its d.c. rival, has fairly pre-empted the field in general 
power work. Therefore a practical treatise on the winding char- 
acteristics of this apparatus, such as the author has presented, 
is not only most timely, but is really a practical necessity. 

It is with the greatest pleasure that I recommend this work 
to those who are interested in both the theoretical and practical 
side of the Induction Motor problem. 

(Signed) B. G. Lamme. 



XI 



CONNECTING 
INDUCTION MOTORS 

CHAPTER 1 

WHAT THE WINDING ON AN INDUCTION MOTOR 

ACCOMPLISHES 

The simplest conception of any motor either direct or alter- 
nating current is that it consists of a magnetic circuit inter- 
linked with an electrical circuit in such a way as to produce a 
mechanical turning force. A study of the reasons for this force 
and its results leads naturally to the consideration of the magnetic 
circuit and the way it is set up and of the electric circuit and the 
interrelation of the two. It was recognized a long time ago that 
a magnet could be produced by passing an electric current through 
a coil wound around magnetic material and the fact was estab- 
lished later that when a current is passed through a conductor 
or a coil which is situated in a magnetic field there is set up a 
force tending to produce motion of the coil relative to the field. 
Since it is equally true that a magnet is most easily produced by 
an electric current and that an electric current is most easily 
produced by employing a magnet it is not material which of these 
elements is considered the more fundamental and the better 
starting point for study. One thing which becomes apparent 
is that coils or turns of wire are essential both to the magnetic 
and the electric circuit and it is the form and combination of these 
coils in alternating-current motors which is 'the subject matter 
of this book. 

Functions of the Windings in a D. C. Motor. 

In the familiar shunt-wound direct-current motor there are 
two separate and distinct windings each serving a special pur- 
pose. There are the shunt coils on the stator or field member 
whose function it is to establish the magnetic circuit or ''field." 
There are also the coils on the armature which constitute the 
electric circuit or. the circuit carrying the working current. 

1 



2 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

In addition to carrying the working current the armature coils 
are also acting as generator coils and generating a voltage which 
prevents any more current flowing in the armature than is nec- 
essary to produce exactly the required amount of torque. A Uttle 
consideration shows that this must be the case. The full load 
current in a 5-hp. 230-volt motor is in the neighborhood of 20 
amperes and the resistance of the armature between brushes may 
be 0.3 of an ohm. Since the armature brushes are put directly 
across the 230-volt line, if there was no other condition existing 
except Ohm's law, a current would flow in the armature having a 
value of 230 -4- %o = 767 amperes. However, since the full- 
load current of the motor is only 20 amperes it is evident that 
only 6 volts are required to circulate this current in the armature 
and the remaining 230 — 6 = 224 volts are absorbed or ac- 
counted for in some other way. As a matter of fact these 224 
volts are taken care of by the armature which actually generates 
a voltage of 224 volts and opposes it to the line leaving only the dif- 
ference between 230 and 224 or 6 volts available to force the needed 
working current through the armature. The name of this voltage 
generated in :the armature is the "back-electromotive force" 
or "counter-electromotive force" and it is present in the case of all 
motors of any type whether direct- or alternating-current. 

, Direct Current Power Sapply [^Malns 1^ 

I Shunt Field Coll J n,,.ying ^ '^ 

llagnetlzlng 
Carrent 



Armature Colli / 

Carrying Working Beilitance Bepresenting 

Current Counter e.m.f.Qenerated by 

the Armature Colli 

Fig. 1. — Windings of a direct-current motor and their functions. 

The foregoing is. mentioned to show that on a shunt- wound 
direct-current motor the windings are exercising three distinct 
functions, viz., first, the field coils are setting up the magnetic 
field, second, the armature coils are carrying the working cur- 
rent and, third, the armature coils are generating a voltage which 
is opposed to the Une voltage and which determines how much 
working current may flow in the armature and hence, directly, 
how much torque will be produced. 

This condition is shown diagranmiatically in Kg. 1 where the 
shunt-field coil is shown setting up the magnetic field and the 



WINDING ON AN INDUCTION MOTOR 



'armature coils carrying the working current. The counter-elec- 
tromotive force which is generated by the armature coils is rep- 
resented as a resistance in series with the armature since its 
action is to cut down the amount of current which would other- 
wise flow in the armature. 

S]mclironous Motor. 

In an alternating-current motor of the synchronous type there 
are also two windings exercising these same three functions, viz., 
first, the direct-current winding serving to set up the magnetic 
field, second, the alternating-current winding carrying the work- 



■AlteniBtlDg Current Fower jSupply Mains 



Botor Colli 
Carrying _ 

Direct Current 



Magnetizing Current 



Exciter Circuit or 



Direct Circuit Supply Malm 




Stator Colls 
Carryiag Working 
Current 

Besiatance Bepre tenting 
Ooonter e.m.f. Gfrerated 
by Stator Colli 



Fig. 2. — Windings of an alternating-current synchronous motor and their 

functions. 

ing current and, third, the alternating-current winding generating 
the counter-electromotive force nearly equal to the appUed line 
voltage. 

The condition is represented by the diagram, Fig. 2, which 
shows the magnetic-field circuit as separately excited from a 
direct-current source of supply. The stator winding or alter- 
nating-current winding is shown as carrying the working current 
and in addition generating the counter-electromotive force which 
is represented as a resistance in series with it. 

Induction Motor. 

In the case of the alternating-current induction motor there 
are again two windings, one in the stator and one on the rotor 
and these two windings are again exercising the same three 
functions but with a slight difference which is well worth noting. 
The rotor winding or secondary winding of a polyphase induc- 
tion motor carries the working current. Since in this type of 
motor there is no electrical connection between the stator and 
rotor windings the only manner in which this current can be set 
up in the rotor is by transforming it from stator to rotor using 
the transformer action of the primary upon the secondary. This, 
then, sets up in the primary or stator winding the very interesting 



1 

\ 

\ 

I 

I 
k 

4 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS N 

condition that in one single winding or set of coils there exist 
three separate actions. First, the magnetizing current is flowing ^ 
and setting up the magnetic field just as it does in theshunt direct- 
current or synchronous alternating-current motor; second, the 
working current is flowing and being transformed into the rotor 
and, third, there is a generator action taking place in the coils 
and generating a back or counter-electromotive force opposite 
in direction and slightly less in amount than the appUed line 
voltage. 

This condition is shown graphically in the diagram of Fig. 3 
where the three separate actions are indicated and shown to be 
similar to the corresponding items in Fig. 1 and Fig. 2. 

Alternating Carrent Power Supply Mains 






Stator Colls Carrying Magnetizing Current 
^^and the same Colli at 
jfthe lame time also carrying 
•^ "Working Current 



RoMrCoQi 

IDS WorkiBi 
rmt laduotd-j 



-jJi/WWWVWVV- 



Staort Circuited, fiotor Circalt £eBi«tance Bepresenting 
either Squrrel Cage Counter e.m.f. Generated 

or Phase Wound by Stator Coila 

FiQ. 3. — Windings of an alternating-current induction-motor and their functions. 

Since these three conditions do exist in the single winding 
it becomes evident that when changes in operating conditions 
occur such as are covered by reconnecting a winding for different 
phases and different speeds, etc., all three of these conditions 
must be satisfied if the operation of the motor is to be normal. 
That is to say, the cross section of the conductor in the windings 
must be great enough to carry the combined magnetizing and 
working current; the number of turns must be correct for setting 
up the required magnetic field and the combination of magnetic 
field and number of turns in the armature working together must 
generate the required counter-electromotive force, which in all 
cases is just sUghtly less than the appUed Une voltage. This 
also shows the reason why one of the simplest methods of figur- 
ing how many turns are required in the winding of a given 
motor is to consider it as an alternating-current generator rather 
than as a motor. This method is frequently referred to through- 
out the text and an effort made to have it appear as a physical 
picture of what is going on inside the motor rather than as 
a set of mathematical formulae or an involved vector or circle 
diagram. 



CHAPTER II 

THE ROTATING MAGNETIC FIELD 

Why a Motor Drives its Load. 

An induction motor rotates and drives its load because there 
exists inside the motor a magnetic field which rotates and pulls 
the iron of the rotor core and the rotor windings around with it. 
This magnetic field has a number of north and south poles and in 
its effect resembles several bar magnets riveted together in the 
center and spaced radially Uke the spokes of a wheel. The dis- 
covery that such a magnetic field could be estabUshed in an iron 
core and made to rotate by exciting a winding with alternating 
current is what made possible the development of the induction 
motor. With the proper conception of how this field is set up 
and caused to rotate and its effect upon the windings of the motor 
as it rotates it is easier to understand the working of the motor 
and also to form an opinion of the possibiUty of accommodating 
the motor windings to changes in operating conditions. It is 
the intent of this chapter to give a physical idea of the rotating 
magnetic field followed by a graphical explanation of how it is 
set up by alternating current. 

How Torque is Produced. 

It is now generally understood that an electric motor produces 
torque or driving effort by utiHzing the effect of a magnetic field 
upon a wire, or wires, which are carrying electric current. It is 
also understood that a magnetic field may be produced in an 
iron circuit by passing an electric current through a coil which 
surrounds or is interUnked with that iron circuit. The action of 
producing driving effort in a direct-current motor then becomes 
very simple. First the magnetic field is set up by passing a 
direct current through the field coils surrounding the poles. This 
direct current is drawn from the same source of supply that is 
to drive the motor. When the magnetic field is set up, another 
direct current is drawn from the source of supply and caused to 
flow through the armature coils which he in the magnetic field 
just previously set up. The action of the magnetism of the field 

5 



6 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

on the current in the armature wires causes the rotor to develop 
torque and start to turn. 

The foregoing is elementary and exactly the thing that hap- 
pens in the alternating-current motor, but in a Uttle different 
way. In the direct-current motor just noted, two sets of coils 
were used. The first set — the field coils — was used to excite the 
magnetic field; the second set was the armature coils and was 
used to carry the working current. In the induction motor 
there is but one set of coils, which must at the same time exercise 
the two functions of setting up the magnetic field and carrying 
the working current. This fact is chiefly responsible for the 
condition in the motor which is called power factor and which is 
not present in the case of the direct-current motor. 

It is worth while to consider as simply as possible the manner 
in which the magnetic field is set up in the induction motor and 
the reason it travels around the machine at a relatively high rate 
of speed. 

Long before the days of Tesla and Feraris, it was known that 
if a magnet was passed over a sheet of copper close to its surface, 
a force was produced which tended to cause the copper to move 
in the same direction as the magnet. Although not then so 
recognized, this was the fundamental principle on which all 
modern dynamo-electric machines are based. The contribution 
that Tesla and Feraris made was the discovery that such a 
moving magnetic field could be set up by an alternating current 
and need not rely on a permanent magnet or one excited by 
direct current. 

Setting up a Rotating Magnetic Field by Alternating Current. 

The matter of setting up such a field by alternating current 
and causing it to move can be shown by a few simple figures. 
Figure 4 is a cross-section through a direct-current machine. It 
shows an outside field yoke with inwardly projecting field poles 
with a coil around each polepiece through which a direct current 
is flowing. The usual convention is adopted to show the direc- 
tion of the field current by marking the conductors with a dot 
when the current is flowing toward the observer and with a cross 
when it is flowing away. The armature is shown by the inside 
circle carrying the conductors C on its periphery; in practice 
these conductors would be connected to a commutator. The 
magnetic field itself is represented by the dotted lines passing 



THE ROTATING MAGNETIC FIELD 7 

from one pole into the armature and out through adjacent poles, 
as indicated by the arrows. 

Direct-Current Analogue. 

If now, contrary to the usual practice, the machine is suspended 
by means of the shaft projecting on either side and the armature 
held from turning by clamping the shaft, it would be possible 
to take hold of the field frame and rotate it around the armature. 
Mechanically such a rotation would not interfere with the usual 
electrical functions of any of the parts of the machine since the 
brushes would bear on the commutator as usual and move rela- 
tively to the polepieces, the only difference being that now the 
commutator is standing still and the brushes are moving. 

Going a step farther, if the field was driven mechanically at 
a fair rate of speed around the armature, this inverted direct- 
current machine would give a very fair representation of what 
is going on inside an induction motor. So far as the rotating 
magnetism is concerned, it is just as surely present in the one 
case as in the other and with just as plainly marked north and 
south poles. The difference is that in the induction motor the 
magnetic field alone rotates and the iron core with the windings 
stands still, while in the case of the inverted direct-current 
machine described, the iron core and the field coils are going 
around with the magnetism. 

The picture that the foregoing is intended to bring out is that 
in any running induction motor a well-defined magnetic field is 
actually rotating in the stator exactly the same as would be the 
case if we excited a field of equal strength by direct current and 
rotated it mechanically. The manner of setting up this field 
by alternating current instead of direct current and making it 
rotate electrically instead of driving it mechanically is explained 
in Figs. 5 to 8. 

Figure 5 shows the same machine as Fig. 4 except that it is 
developed or rolled out flat the better to illustrate the point. 
Suppose, for example, that it is desired to set up a magnetic 
field as shown and cause it to travel from right to left in the 
direction of the arrow. One method of doing this would be to 
excite the pole marked No. ] , Fig. 5, with direct current to produce 
a south pole as shown; a fraction of a second later No. 1 could be 
cut off and No. 2 made a south pole; after the same interval of 
time No. 2 could be cut off and No. 3 excited south ; followed, in 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



Fio. 4. — CroM tection of a d.c. machine showing th« ntagnetio field. 




Fio, 5. — Development of Fiit. 4. 









S 




t- 


1 


L_ 


k—^ 


t4 



OOOOOOOOOOO' 



o^oooooooooooo| 
Fro. 6. — SimploBt form of four-pole einglo-phaae winding. 



loooooooooo^oooooooooooa 
FiQ. 7. — Two-phasa winding equivalent of Fig. 6. 
C,C, B,B.*,A,C,C B,B, A,A,C,CB, t A, A,C,C, ^B, A.A, 



FiQ. 8. — TliTBe-phasB w 
How the magnetic field n 



ading equivalent of Fig. 6 
^atea in an induetion mote 



THE ROTATING MAGNETIC FIELD 9 

turn, after the same interval again, by cutting off No. 3 and ex- 
citing No. 4. Thus a south pole would have traveled regularly 
and steadily from right to left as desired. But this is using direct 
current. 

An analysis of what really happened shows that while No. 1 
was excited as a south pole. No. 2 might just as well have been 
excited as a north pole since the magnetism to flow into No. 1 
and make it south must flow around and out of No. 2, as shown. 
This is indicated by the dotted Unes, which represent the magnetic 
field. At this instant, then, coil No. 1 would be excited minus 
and plus and No. 2 excited plus and minus, as shown. However, 
the next instant, when No. 2 is to be made a south pole, this 
excitation would have to be reversed to minus and plus, and an 
instant later, when No. 3 becomes a south, No. 2 can again be a 
north and the excitation would again reverse to plus and minus. 
Consideration of any particular coil in this way shows that 
each time the field moves forward one pole, the excitation of all 
the poles changes in direction and consequently each pole might 
quite as well be excited by alternating current, which in efifect 
is really rapidly reversing direct current. 

The Frequency of an Alternating Current. 

The rapidity of these reversals or the so-called frequency of 
the alternating current would depend on how rapidly the field 
was expected to advance a space represented by the distance 
from center to center of adjacent poles. And this is exactly 
what happens: If the motor has four poles the field will have to 
advance four times to make one complete revolution around 
the motor, and if it is desired that the field shall make 1,800 
r.p.m., there will be required 4 X 1,800 = 7,200 reversals. 
This is readily recognized as the sixty cycles of the commercial 
alternating-current circuit. Conversely, since the r.p.m. of 
the motor roter is nearly that of the magnetic field, if 60-cycle 
current is available and power is wanted at 1,800 r.p.m. or 
thereabouts, a four-pole motor is required. 

From the foregoing it might appear that single-phase alternat- 
ing cxurent for excitation is all that is needed, and for this reason 
Figs. 6, 7 and 8 are shown. Since Fig. 5 is a direct-current struc- 
ture, the field would progress by jumps and hitches from pole 
to pole around the machine rather than steadily and evenly; 
hence, in Fig. 6 the slot between poles is reduced to the size of 



10 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

an armature slot, of which the necessary number are evenly 
spaced around the machine. Also, for simplicity the field coils 
are shown gathered into one coil per pole. 

In Fig. 6 the step from pole to pole is still rather wide, so that 
in Fig. 7 coils are introduced halfway in between and these are 
excited by a second alternating current which is just as much 
behind the first one in time as it takes the field to travel one-half 
a pole, and such an arrangement of two alternating currents is 
called two-phase. Similarly, if desired, three currents could be 
used, as shown in Fig. 8, and this would represent the well known 
three-phase arrangement. 

From this explanation it must not be gathered that in the case 
of the two-phase there are two rotating fields and three in the 
case of three-phase. This would be true if the two currents or 
three were acting entirely independently, but they are not — ^they 
are all trying to excite the same iron circuit and the actual re- 
sultant magnetism at any instant is due to the combination. In 
other words, since one current is ahead or behind the others by a 
fraction of a pole, the currents in the different phases have differ- 
ent values at any given instant. In the case of three-phase one 
may be zero, the second be increasing and be equal to one-half 
its maximum value, and the third be decreasing and be actually 
at one-half its maximum value. Since these three currents are 
all acting on the same iron circuit, the magnetic field which 
actually exists at that instant is due to the resultant of the three 
currents. Thus the resulting field looks exactly Uke the field in 
Fig. 4, which was set up by direct current, and it travels around 
the stator iron just as did the field in the mechanically rotated 
direct-current machine. 

The Counter-Electromotive Force. 

Having considered the manner of setting up the field and 
causing its rotation, there is another action, easily understood, 
which is perhaps as useful as any in giving a clear idea of how 
many turns are required in a motor winding under different 
conditions. This is what is called the generation of the counter- 
electromotive force. Since the coils of the motor are standing 
still and the magnetic field is rotating past them and threading 
through them, there is of necessity a voltage generated in the 
coils by the rotating field. This is the voltage which is referred 
to as counter-electromotive force and is in all cases equal to the 



THE ROTATING MAGNETIC FIELD 11 

voltage of the supply line which is applied to the motor, except 
for a small loss in the motor caused by producing the necessary 
torque or driving force. 

With this conception and the fundamental formula for the 
generation of an electromotive force, it is a simple matter to 
write expressions showing how the turns in a motor should vary 
with different line voltages and for different speeds, etc. For 
example, a motor to operate on 440 volts must have twice as 
many turns in the coils as the same motor when operating on 220 
volts, and a motor operating at 900 r.p.m. in general would 
require twice as many turns as the same motor when operating 
at 1,800 r.p.m. These are matters with which the designing en- 
gineer is chiefly concerned, but they are sufficiently simple to be 
borne in mind at all times, and in themselves offer the readiest 
first-hand answer as to the probable result of operating a given 
motor under changed conditions. 

Having in mind this physical conception of the rotating mag- 
netic field the next step is to be able to draw a picture of this field 
as it would look if it might be arrested in space at any instant 
and photographed. This can be most easily accomplished by the 
simple graphical method explained below and sometimes called 
"stair-step" pictures. By means of this method the rotating 
magnetic field can be explained and studied and the readiest 
possible answer given to such questions as, Why does reversing 
two leads of a three-phase motor reverse its direction of rotation? 
Why is a phase-wound rotor always three-phase^ whether the 
stator is for two-phase or three-phasef Also such questions as 
the effect of chording the coil and changing the number of poles 
are readily analyzed. 

The confidence that will be gained in the understanding of 
induction-motor operation and troubles will well repay the 
amount of study required to master it, and the amount of elec- 
trical knowledge required is not so great as to discourage any- 
one who has even a speaking acquaintance with alternating 
current and its behavior. No claim is made that this is a new 
method. This is how it applies, for example, to a three-phase 
problem : 

Method of Building the Magnetic Field from Pictures. 

In each of the three wires of a three-phase circuit which is 
carrying load is an alternating current which several times a 



12 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



second increases from zero to a maximum value in one direction, 
decreases to zero and increases in the opposite direction to a 
maximum value and again decreases to zero, thus completing 
one "round trip," which is called a "cycle." If a pencil could 
be attached to this current and a piece of paper be drawn under 
it as the current rose and fell, after the manner that indicator 
cards are made on a steam engine, its "card," or curve, would 
have the characteristic shape shown in Fig. 9. Here it will be 
noticed that the time in fractions of seconds is along the hori- 
zontal Une XX and the value of the current in amperes is along 
the vertical line YY. 

All three currents of a three-phase crcuit will trace a similar 
card to that in Fig. 9, but they do not all reach a maximum at . 




<Gr7e jiUfernaHon* 
— iP/7e Cyc/e 

Fio. 9. — The "indicator card" of a edngle-phase alternating current. 



—>* 



the same instant nor pass through zero at the same instant, but 
are evenly spaced the same distance apart at all times so that if 
the indicator be connected to all three Unes at once, the combined 
card would be that shown in Fig. 10 where A is the card for phase 
1, B for phase 2 and C for phase 3. The values above the XX 
line are considered plus and the values below the Une negative. 
It is the evenly spaced coils in the alternating-current generator 
winding that keep the current in all three phases of equal value 
and with a constant spacing with regard to each other. 

Assume that each one of the three-phase Unes is wound an 
equal number of times around the same iron bar, as in Fig. 12. 
Whenever a coil is placed around iron and current flows in the coil, 
it sets up magnetic Unes, or flux, and the iron becomes a magnet. 
It is evident, then, from Fig. 12, that any one of the three coils 
by itself would make a magnet of the iron bar which would have 
its north pole at one end at one instant and a south pole at the 
same end the next instant as the current changed its direction 
according to the curve in Fig. 9. 



THE ROTATING MAGNETIC FIELD 13 

However, when all three coils work together on the bar (Fig. 
12) there ia no magnetism set up, because at any instant the cur- 
rent in one coil is equal in amount and opposite in direction to 
the currents in the other two coils. This can be seen from Fig. 
10. Take, for instance, the time marked by the vertical line 
1. At this instant the A and C phases are measured above 



Fio. 10. — Sine nave cepreseiitatioii of Uiree-phase alternating current. 

the horizontal line XX and hence are positive or plus in value and 
are each equal to +0.5, while the B phase is measured below the 
X line and hence negative or minus value to —1. Therefore, 
the sum of all three currents is zero because + (0.5 X 2) — 1 = 0. 
At the instant 2, C = 0, A = +0.866 and 5 = -0.866 
and the sum of the three currents is zero. At instant 3, A = 
+ 1,B = -0.5, and C = -0.5, total = 0; at the instant 4, 
A = +0.866, B = and C = -0.866, total = 0; and so on 



Pio. II. — Hon the tlirae phases oombine to form one maenetizing current. 

at all points the sum of the three currents is zero. Therefore 
in Fig, 12 there will be no magnetism in the iron bar, since at all 
times there is an equal number of ampere turns in the coils try- 
ing to force the magnetism in each direction. 

The next step is to reverse one coil, as shown at B in Fig. 13, 
and the bar immediately becomes a strong magnet, reversing 
its poles from instant to instant according to the change in direc- 
tion of the curve D in Fig. 11. Reversing one coil in Fig. 13 is 
the equivalent of reversing the current in one phase of the genesl-a- 



14 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



tor. This is indicated in Fig. 1 1 , in which curve B is shown plotted 
above the line where it is below the line in Fig. 10, and vice versa. 
The sum of the three curves A, B and C, Fig. 11, gives a resultant 
curve D, which represents the current that will be effective in 
magnetizing the core. Fig. 13. It will be seen that the A and C 
curves in Fig. 11 are the same as in Fig. 10, but the B curve is 
turned over, or reversed, since the B coil is reversed in Fig. 13. 
Curve D, Fig. 11, is obtained by adding the values of the three 




Fig. 12. — Iron bar acted upon by three-phase currents as arranged in Fig. 10. 

No resultant magnetism. 



B 



"?=v;?i;l*^*^vJi:i^f 






m 



M^: 






ir 



i 



iv.'.;":".-.-:;.*;;:;".:::?!!: 
■■■.•-•-— ■.■••^' 






----—■ •.—-•- 



m 



j..f •■'1 

•5 * 3 






Iron 
Bar 



Fig. 13. — Iron bar acted upon by three-phase currents as in Fig. 11. Strong 

resultant magnetism alternately north and south. 



currents at any point. For example, at the time marked by the 
vertical line, 1, A = +0.5, C = +0.5 and B = +l,|[hence D 
= +2. At the time marked by the vertical line 3, A = +1, 
B = +0.5 and C = —0.5, hence* D = +1. Also at time 4, A 
= + 0.866, B = and C = -0.866, hence D =0. In this 
manner the curve. D is obtained, and it serves as an indicator 
card of the magnetism in the iron bar in Fig. 13. 

Setting up a Magnetic Field with Three-Phase Currents. 

This conception of three-phase coils making a magnet whose 
flux or field varies in value and direction*'according to the curve 
D in Fig. 11 can be readily transferred to the stator of an induction 
motor, as shown in Fig. 14. Here is shown part of a laminated 



THE ROTATINO MAGNETIC FIELD 15 

core slotted on the inner periphery, and in two of these slots are 
shown three coils, A, B and C, to correspond to the coils in Fig. 
13. Assume the three coils to be connected in star and to athree- 
phaBe circuit. A magnetic field will then flow into the air gap 
and back through the core, as shown by the curved dotted lines 
and arrowheads. This magnetic field will flow in the direction 
of the arrows for a fraction of a second, then fall to zero, and in- 
crease to a maximum in the direction opposite to the arrowheads, 
and 80 on. Id other words, the three coils working together 
would make first a north pole and then a south pole on the inner 
periphery, and repeat, and the amount and direction of the mag- 



— Ccosa-aection of stator core with three coils similar to Fig. 13. 



Fia. 15. — The three coils of Fig. 14 distributed as in normal induction motor. 

netism in the iron between the two sides of the coil could be 
measured by taking the distance from points on the curve D, 
Fig. 11, from the horizontal reference line and calling all points 
above that line north values and below the line south values. 
For example, at the position marked 1 the magnetic value 
would be a maximum north value, at 3 it would be 0.5 north, at 
4 zero, at 5 it would be 0.5 south, and at 7 a maximum south value, 
and so on. There would be no tendency, however, for this mag- 
netic field to rotate or travel around the stator as it does in an 
induction motor. It would simply stand still in space and alter- 




16 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

nate backward and forward through the coil as described. In 
order to get the rotating motion, it will be necessary to separate 
the three coils and put each one in a separate slot, as shown in 
Fig. 15, as they would be in any normal induction motor. 

A section cut through the core and coils. Fig. 15, is shown in 
Fig. 16 with one side of each coil in the bottom of slots 1, 2 and 3 
and marked A, By G, respectively, and their other sides in the 
top of slots 4, 5 and 6 and marked A', B\ C, respectively. By 
means of Figs. 11 and 16 taken together, it is possible to build up 
small pictures of the magnetic field from instant to instant and 
show how it moves or rotates around in the stator core and air 

Laminafecf-Iron Core 

liUinAAAAAAMP 

Fig. 16. — Cross-section of core and winding in Fig. 15. 

gap. These small pictures, of which one series is shown in Fig. 

17 and another in Fig. 18, can be very well compared to the in- 
dividual small pictures on a moving-picture film as they appear 
when the film is at rest, and the rotating magnetic field as it 
really exists could be compared to the same film when in motion 
and thrown on the screen. The method of making these small 
pictures is very simple and is as follows: 

Drawing a Graphical Picture of the Magnetic Field. 

At the top of Fig. 17 is a section through the coils and core, 
Fig. 16, the same as that given in Fig. 16. A current is assumed 
to be flowing in each coil, and the value of that current is taken 
from the curve marked with the same letter in Fig. 11. For 
example, at the time represented by the vertical Une 1 in Fig. 11, 
curve B is at its maximum value, which is called +1, because 
it is above the horizontal reference line, and curves A and C 
are each at a value of +0.5, since they are half their maximum 
value and are also above the reference line XX, Similarly, at 
the time represented by the vertical line 2, which is called posi- 
tion 2, in Fig. 11, the value of the A and B curves is +0.866 
and the C curve is zero. The value 0.866 is obtained because 
these current curves are all what are known as sine curves and 
the reference points or positions 1, 2, 3, etc., are taken 3^2 of ^ 
complete cycle apart. 



THE ROTATINO MAGNETIC FIELD 



tetti 


OnNo.3 


A- 




B- 




C- 


-05 



U- 



I. 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



THE ROTATING MAGNETIC FIELD 19 

A complete cycle is known as 360 electrical degrees similar 
to the 360 mechanical degrees in a circle^ and hence the reference 
positions 1, 2, 3, etc., are H2 of 360 deg. or 30 deg. apart. From 
a table of natural sines such as is f oimd in any handbook, it will 
be foimd that the sine of 30 deg. = 0.5, sine of 60 deg. = 0.866, 
sine of 90 deg. = 1, sine of 120 deg. = 0.866, sine of 150 deg. 
= 0.6 and sine of 180 deg. = 0. Continuing from 180 deg. to 360 
deg., the same values recur with a minus sign since they are 
measured below the horizontal reference Une. So that it is 
these values which are used in plotting the pictures in Fig. 17, 
and the values for different positions are given in the left-hand 
colmnn in the figiu'e. 

From Fig. 16 we have the position of the coils, and from Fig. 11 
we have the value of the current in each coil as given in the 
colmnn on the left of Fig. 17. Then if the values of these cur- 
rents are plotted or drawn, the resulting curve is a measure of 
the magnetic field, since such a field depends on the number of 
tiu*ns of wire and the current flowing in the coil. It remains, 
then, only to draw the small figures or curves in Fig. 17 in the 
following manner: 

Starting from any arbitrary point at as d. Fig. 17, the line 
moves in direction and amount according to the value of the cur- 
rent in slot 1. Slot 1 contains the A coil and the value of the 
current is -[-0.5 as is shown on the left; since the direction of plus 
is up, the Une is drawn upward from d to 6 and ef is drawn hori- 
zontally, representing by its height above d the current in No. 1 
slot and the magnetic field at that point. From / the line goes 
up to fir, making fg twice as long as de because the B coil is in No. 
2 slot and the value of the current in the B coil is -[-1, or twice 
that in A, and the line gh is drawn horizontally, representing by 
its height above d the current in slot 1 + slot 2 and therefore 
the magnetic field at that point. From h the line goes up to i 
because the C coil is in slot 3 and the current in the C coil as 
shown at the left at that instant is +0.5. The Une ij is drawn 
horizontally, representing by its height above d the combined 
currents in slots 1 plus 2 plus 3 and therefore the magnetic field 
at that point. From j the Une drops down to k because the A' 
conductor is in slot 4 and the A' conductor is the other side of the 
A coil and hence the current in it is in the opposite direction to 
that in the A side. By referring to the column at the left of 
the figure, if the current in the A side was considered H-0.6, the 



20 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

current in the A' side must be —0.5 and hence the curve drops 
down for a minus value from j to k. Similarly, it drops twice 
as far from I to m, since B — +1 and therefore the other side of 
the B coil or B' must = — 1. Following the ciu-ve in this manner 
to n and o, it completes one cycle or one north and south pole. 
The north pole is considered as that part above the horizontal 
reference line and under the Une g, h, i, j, k, and I, which is shown 
shaded, and the center of this north pole is indicated by the verti- 
cal arrow. 

In an actual machine the magnetic field would not have such 
sharp corners, but would be smoothed out by the rotor winding 
into a smooth curve practically a sine curve such as the current 
ciu*ves in Fig. 11, but for purposes of illustration the "stair-step," 
or square-shouldered curves, may be considered as shown. In 
a similar manner the Uttle stair-step picture may be drawn for 
each position and the center of the north pole marked by an 
arrow pointing up as shown. After drawing seven positions, the 
very interesting fact may be noted that the center of the north 
pole has traveled three slots to the left, which in this case means 
180 electrical degrees, or a half revolution on a two-pole motor 
or a quarter revolution on a four-pole machine. 

Interchanging Two Leads Reverses Direction of Rotation. 

Figure 18 is drawn to show the effect of interchanging the leads 
to the coils A and C, or in other words, the line lead that was 
connected to A is now connected tp C and vice versa. For this 
reason in the little sketch at the top of Fig. 18, taken from Fig. 
15, the C coil is now in slot 1 and the A coil is in slot 3, the B 
coil remaining in slot 2 unchanged. The numerical values of 
the currents are again taken from Fig. 11 just as it stands, because 
it must be remembered that the curves in Fig. 11 represent cur- 
rents in the line and that they depend on the generator and are 
not changed by the change in the motor leads. These assump- 
tions give the current values for the different positions, as shown 
in the left-hand column in Fig. 18, and the small stair-step pic- 
tures show the magnetic field in the same manner as in Fig. 17. 
The interesting thing to note is that the center of the north pole 
has now traveled from the center of slot 3 to the center of slot 
6, or the magnetic field has now traveled three slots to the right, 
which discloses the well-known fact that interchanging two leads 
on a three-phase motor will reverse the mechanical direction of 



THE ROTATING MAGNETIC FIELD 21 

its rotation. As a problem the reader might attempt to produce 
the same result for a two-phase motor and will find, as previously 
pointed out, that this held plotting becomes a fascinating mentfil 
diversion. 

A comparison of Figs. 10 and 11 shows at once why the 
middle leg of a three-phase winding is reversed in all the common 
diagrams that will be shown in this book. Figs. 17 and 18 
show how the magnetic field may be studied and how reversal 
follows exchange of two leads. 



Fio. le. — Open Fio. 20.— Partly closed Fio. 21.— Partly closed 
slota. Blots — center openiaE- slots — side openinE. 

Common forms of induction-motor stator and rotor slots. 

After a designing engineer has determined how many turns 
are required in the winding which he is calculating, the largest 
single factor which decides the form or type of windings to be 
used is the mechanical form of the slots; that is, whether they 
are open. Fig. 19, or semiclosed, as in Figs. 20 and 21, and the 
width of the opening if they are semiclosed. The factor of 
next importance is whether the winding is on the rotor or on 
the stator. 



CHAPTER 111 
TYPES OF WINDINGS 

Effect of Form of Slot. 

The question of open versus semiclosed slots has out-lasted 
many controversies and is still open to argument. It is enough 
to say that, other things being equal, the designing engineer 
favors semiclosed slots. Slots of this type usually give the high- 
est performance and the maximum efficiency in the use of ma- 
terial. The repair man prefers open slots on accoimt of the 
greater accessibiUty of the windings and the consequent ease of 
repair. These factors will always remain somewhat divergent 
and must be adjusted to suit the times and the local conditions. 
The reason why a machine cannot be built with as good a per- 
formance or as economically with open slots in both members is 
that, broadly, its capacity and excellence may be measured by 
the square inches of laminated-iron surface on the rotor periph- 
ery or in the bore of the stator core. Since the slot openings 
subtract directly from this useful surface, it is desirable to make 
them as small as possible. If the slot is made wide open, it 
subtracts the maximum amoimt from this useful working surface, 
hence the core must be made longer axially or the rotor increased 
in diameter to bring back the useful working surface to somewhere 
near the value it would have if entirely inclosed or if semiclosed 
slots were used. This problem is of more interest to the designer 
than to the repair man, but is mentioned to explain the use of a 
mechanical construction that is apparently undesirable from an 
operating standpoint. 

Windings Used in Partly Closed Slots. 

The types of windings adapted to semiclosed slots and most 
generally employed are : 

1. Straight bars with involute end connectors. 

2. Pushed-through coils. In this type the coils are formed in a 
U-shape and pushed through two slots at once in a direction 
parallel to the shaft. After the coil is in place, the separate 
wires are bent around and connected together at the other side 

of the core. 

22 



TYPES OF WINDINGS 23 

3. Hand-wound or threaded coils. In this construction each 
coil is formed in place in the machine itself, from a single piece of 
wire, by the process of passing the wire through the length of one 
slot, bending it around a wooden former to make a suitable end 
and threading it back through another slot and repeating until 
the coil is complete with the desired number of turns. When 
completed, it resembles the pushed-through coil. 

4, Fed-in, or dropped-in coils. In this type the coil ie formed 
complete into a so-called diamond shape and then the turns are 
fed one at a time through the opening at the top of the slot. 



Fia. 22. — The bars and coanactors. Fio. 24. — Completai] winding. 

Fia, 23. — Partially completed winding. 

Bar and end-oonnactor winding. 

The first of these types, bar and end connector, has been widely 
used for both statora and rotors. The bars and connectors are 
shown in Fig. 22, and a typical assembled winding in Figs. 23 
and 24. This winding gave excellent satisfaction, the only real 
criticism, from a mechanical standpoint, being that it was 
difficult to brace the coil ends mechanically owing to their 
form and relation to other parts. It has been ahnost aban- 
doned on modem machines for the reason that it hmited the 
winding to one conductor or two conductors per slot, and also 
because modern practice has demonstrated that the use of 



36 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

two coils per slot, which have a definite and final form before 
being placed in the core and which resemble exactly, when com- 
pleted, the well-known diamond-shaped coils wound into open 
slots. The first of these forms is suited to small and the second 



(B) (C) 

Fia. 27. — (A) Hand-wound, threaded type of winding. 

Fia. 28. — (B> "Fed^n" type — "muBh coil" or one coil par slot. 

Fio. 20. — (C) "Fed-in" type — "diamond" or two coils per slot. 

Stators with partly closed slots. 

to larger machines. A modification of the second form makes 
use of a slot shaped as in Fig. 21 and is shown in place in Fig. 33, 
Each coil ia completely insulated from ground and inserted in the 



TYPES OF WINDINGS 



in 

I" 

11 8. 
'111 



28 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 




TYPES OF WINDINGS 29 

slot as a unit, so that it might be considered as a combination 
of the coils from two adjacent open slots brought together and 
seeiu'ely held by the overhanging tooth tip, which leaves an open- 
ing large enough for the passage of one complete coil while 
winding. It is considered one of the most satisfactory forms for 
use on the rotating part of machines up to the largest capacity. 
A similar winding has been made by forming the coil of one or 
two straps bent on one end only, as shown in Fig. 34, and insu- 
lating it. The straight sides of this coil are then pushed through 
two partly closed slots in an axial direction, and the two ends 
are bent to the proper form to connect with other coils, as shown 
in Fig. 35. This makes a good mechanical job, but is rather 
difficult to repair owing to the fact that several straps must be 
straightened out to get at the damaged coil. 

Windings Used in Open Slots. 

With open slots, as illustrated in Fig. 19, the most popular 
and widely used form of winding is that shown in Figs. 36 and 38, 
for which the coil is shown in Fig. 37. This is the well-known 
diamond coil, so-called from its shape, and is entirely formed and 
insulated before placing in the slots. It is also the simplest and 
easiest coil to wind and is used by designers wherever the condi- 
tions permit. The greater number of typical connection dia- 
grams shown in this book have reference to windings of this 
general type, since they lend themselves so readily to changes 
of arrangement and various reconnections. 

There have been many other modifications of coils or windings 
employed with both open and closed slots in making special 
machines or where unusual conditions justified their use, but the 
forms described cover the great majority of machines found in 
use today. 

Master Diagrams for Polar Grouped Windings. 

In discussing windings, frequent reference is made to the usual 
forms of connection. For this reason much space in this and the 
following chapters is devoted to illustrations of the typical forms 
of diagrams that are employed by all manufacturers in connecting 
induction motors. A passing consideration will indicate that 
there would have to be an indefinitely large number of these 
diagrams to cover all possible combinations. For example, 
machines are usually connected either two-phase or three-phase. 
The three-phase machines may be either Y (star) or A (delta), 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



-Typical "wave" disErtun for tHfee-phttae, rouT-pol«, aerieB-dalla o 




no. 40.— Typical "wi 



TYPES OF WINDINGS 33 

the middle of eacli phase. When compared with the mass of 
cross connections for the simples t form of pole-phase group winding, 
the advantage is apparent. It will be noticed that the windings 
shown in Figs. 39 and 40 are perfectly symmetrical and balanced 
at all points, the number of slots being an exact multiple of the 
number of phases times the number of poles; this is true in practi- 
cally all cases for this type of winding. 

Standard D. C. Form of Wave Winding Adapted to A. C. 

An interesting variation from the foregoing type is illustrated 
in Fig. 41 and is typical of a method of connection that has been 



Fio. 41. — Special form of wave diaeram for threa-phase, aiz-pols, serieB-stBi' 
connection. 

widely employed, particularly on the rotors of motors of the 
phase-wound type. Here it will be seen that the number of 
slots, 62, is not an even multiple of 18 (3 X 6, phases times poles), 
but follows the same law as a direct-current, series or wave, 
armature winding; namely, the number of slots ± 1 divided by 
the number of pairs of poles must equal an integer, and this 



34 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

integer divided by 2 is equal to the proper pitch, or throw, of 
the connector. In the case shown in Fig. 41, 

Number of slots ± 1 _ 62 ± 1 _ ^^ 
Pairs of poles 3 

The proper pitch of the coil is 21 -5-2 = 10.5 slots; that is, the 
throw should be 10.5. Since this is not physically possible, 
the throw is made 10 slots or 1 to 11 on one end, and 11 slots 
or 1 to 12 on the other end, giving an average of 10.5. 

Assume that a bar in the bottom of the slot 1 is connected 
by the connector on the back of the core to the bar in the top 
of slot 12, and that the front end of the bar in slot 12 is in turn 
connected on the front end of the core to the bar in the bottom 
of slot 22 and this again on the back end to the bar in the top of 
slot 33. Tracing the winding through in this manner, after one 
complete circuit has been made around the core it will be found 
to connect to the bottom bar in slot 2 and for the second round to 
the bottom bar in slot 3 and so on, imtil finally, when all the 
slots are traced through both top and bottom, the last throw 
will close the winding on itself by connecting to the front end of 
the bottom bar of slot 1. This can be proved easily by setting 
down a table of nimibers 1-12, 12-22, 22-33, 33-43, 43-54, 54- 
2, 2-13, etc., representing the path of the winding around the 
core as described until each number has appeared two times, 
or until 2 X 62 = 124 bars have been passed through. This 
would then give a completely closed winding, and if the middle 
point of each end connector were attached to a bar on a suitable 
commutator, it would represent exactly a direct-current series 
armature winding. 

To employ this winding on alternating current, the proper 
phase leads must be brought out, and this can be accomplished 
in several] ways. One method of doing this would be to leave the 
winding closed and bring out three-phase taps 120 deg. apart, 
as shown in Fig. 42, or four taps, as in Fig. 43. The first 
would give three-phase and the second two-phase. A second 
method is to open the winding at three proper places and use 
these three pieces to form the usual star or delta connect 
This is indicated in Fig. 44. It must not be assumed that the 
winding is actually interrupted at the points -4, B and C since 
each portion of the winding between these points actually runs 
completely around the core several times. This can be readily 



TYPES OF WINDINGS 36 

grasped if the table as set down in the foregoing is separated into 
three parts, each part having one-third of the total bars in it, 

or — K — = 4:l^i; say 40 bars in one section and 42 bars in the 

other two. The slight unbalancing so caused is, in this case, of 
no consequence. 

It is necessary to keep an even number of bars in each section 
for the reason that the connections are all on one end of the core 
and an odd number of bars in any section would mean ending 
that section on the back end of the core. Or, in other words, 
in tracing through the winding on the odd-numbered bars one is 
always going from the front to the back and on the even-num- 
bered bars always coming from the back to the front, hence to 
end on the front an even number of bars must have been passed 
through. 

In the connection shown in Fig. 41 a still different method is 
adopted by separating the winding into six sections, four of which 
have 20 bars in them and two have 22 bars each. These six 
sections are connected in pairs in series and the three pairs con- 
nected in series star to form a three-phase winding. The reason 
for this is a more eflScient use of the copper than either of the 
two preceding methods. This follows from the fundamental 
idea brought out in the first chapter that every induction motor 
is at the same time an alternating-current generator, due to the 
fact that the stationary windings are cut by the rotating field. 
The output of an alternating-current generator is measured 
by the product of the volts times the amperes. In Fig. 41 the 
copper will carry a certain maximum current. It then follows 
that to get the most out of it as an alternating-current generator, 
the windings must be made to generate the maximum practicable 
voltage, and this is the result accompUshed by the connection in 
Fig. 41. 

Voltage Relation of Individual Coils in This Winding. 

In the complete closed winding, Fig. 41, each coil is generat- 
ing a small voltage which is sUghtly out of phase with all its 
neighbors. The situation can be described as a polygon having 
62 equal sides, each side representing the voltage of a single coil. 
Obviously, the maximum voltage would be obtained if we could 
roll out this polygon into a straight line and use one-third of its 
length for each of the three phases. This cannot be done in 



36 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



practice; but it can be approached as shown in Fig. 46. Here 
the circle represents the 62-sided polygon just mentioned. By 
dividing the winding into six pieces, the efifective voltage of each 
piece is reduced to the equivalent of one side of a hexagon. By 
putting the opposite side of the hexagon in series and then the 
three pairs in series star, the winding is made to develop almost 
the maximum voltage. A slight gain could still be made in 
the same way by dividing the winding in 12 pieces and using 





Fro. 42. 



Fig. 43. 



Fig. 44. 




^mt^ 




FiQ, 45. 




T-19 



B-l 
"^ xT-39 



T-iS'Top Bar SlofNalS 
B-l-^BotfomBarSlffr/ih./ 






T-8V 




B-18 

LeadB 



vB-25 

LeadC T-2 S T '\S BH 

^°^^ Point 



\ ♦»>B-49 



B-ll 

Leadk 



T-2S 




Fig. 46. 



Fig. 47. 



Figs. 42, 43, 44, 45, 46 and 47. — Manner of connecting and bringing out leads 

of the winding in Fig. 41. 

these 6 pairs as a six-phase winding, but this is too complicated 
for ordinary use. 

The connection shown in Fig. 41 is obtained practically by 
setting down a table, as previously stated, including all the bars 
and then dividing it into 6 pieces as nearly equal as possible, 
keeping an even number of bars in each. In this case sections 
1, 2, 3 and 4 have 20 bars and 5 and 6, 22 bars each. Section 
1 is then connected with 4 for phase -4, section 2 with 6 for phase 
-B, and section 3 with 6 for phase C. The proper ends of these 
connectors for star and the leads can be determined from Figs. 



TYPES OF WINDINGS 37 

46 and 47, the numbering on which corresponds to that on 
Fig. 41. A little practice in this way will suggest how different 
three-phase connections could be made for star or delta or series 
or parallel to accommodate different voltages and how corre- 
sponding two-phase or even six-phase connection, could be ob- 
tained. 

Concentric-Coil Windings. 

In the pushed-through type of winding, previously described, 
the coil is formed in the shape of a U and the two branches are 
simultaneously pushed through the proper slots in the core, after 
whicn the ends are bent toward each other and the individual 
conductors connected in series. In the hand-wound type a single 
long wire is threaded around and back through two slots until 
the complete coil is formed. The completed coil is practically 
identical in the two types, and the completed 'winding takes the 
form shown in Figs. 48 to 53 inclusive. Figure 49 is typical 
of a two-phase arrangement. The coils are concentric and there 
are two shown per group, but in practice on induction motors 
as high as five or even six have been used. The coils that are 
inside on one end of the core are outside on the other end, thus 
insuring symmetry and equal resistance in the two phases. Figure 
48 shows a cross-section of the core and coils on the line XX and 
indicates the relative position of the two banks of coil ends. 

Figure 51 shows a three-phase winding similar to the two-phase 
Fig. 49 except that only one coil per group is shown; however, 
there might be four or more concentric coils per group, as in the 
two-phase. It will be noticed at once from this figure and Fig. 
50 that the winding is not so simple as the two-phase. Owing 
to the passing of the coils at the ends of the core, three banks, 
or tiers, are necessary instead of two, and the coil ends are cor- 
respondingly longer. It will be noticed that the A phase oc- 
cupies the middle tier all the way through and the B and C 
phases are alternately in the inside and outside tiers. In this 
manner the resistance is kept nearly equal in the three phases. 

In order to be able to wind the three-phase with a two-bank 
winding similar to the two-phase, the scheme shown in Fig. 53 
is^employed. It can be seen that there are the same number of 
slots as in Fig. 51 and that both are three-phase, four-pole, 
series-star windings. However, Fig. 53 has only two tiers at 
the ends and has two coils per group instead of one, but only two 



CONNECTINO INDUCTION MOTORS 



sit 

3 lis 

I III 

llj 

tit 



TYPES OF WINDINGS 39 

groups per phase instead of four. This is what is called a ''con- 
sequent-pole winding/' because the current passes in the same 
direction through all the coils forming, for example, two north 
poles in each phase. Since there cannot be a north pole with- 
out a corresponding south pole, the magnetism returns between 
the groups in each phase, thus forming the two south poles, or 
four in all. This winding is simpler to make than Fig. 61, 
mechanically, but has some slight electrical disadvantages. 
Figure 52 is a section through the core and winding on the line 
ZZ and indicates the relative positions of the two banks of coils. 

Rearrangement of Concentric-Coil Windings. 

It wiU be seen that these concentric-coil windings do not lend 
themselves readily to rearrangement or reconnection for different 
poles or phases, and this is one reason why they have gradually 
fallen into disuse. Two-phase windings such as Fig. 49 can 
sometimes be connected in "T" and run on three-phase, and 
mention of this will be made in a later chapter. Also, a compari- 
son of Figs. 49 and 53 indicates that the winding in Fig. 49 
might be connected for three-phase 8 poles by a consequent-pole 
connection similar to Fig. 53, since the total number of groups, 
being twelve, is half of 3 X 8, and this lines up with Fig. 53, 
where the total number of groups is 6, or half of 3 X 4. 

Where the coils are of the closed type similar to "diamond" 
coils used in open slots, they may be grouped and connected 
by the usual diagrams for that type, which will be discussed 
under open-slot windings. There is, however, a large class 
using one- or two-turn coils of the open end, or 'Vave," type 
which form very interesting windings, two of which are shown in 
Figs. 39 and 40. This type of winding is believed today to be the 
form best adapted to the rotating member of phase-wound 
motors up to the largest sizes. Since they are perfectly sym- 
metrical, they can be equally well employed in the stator, where 
the design permits a number of conductors not exceeding four per 
slot. These diagrams are practically self-explanatory, but 
their great utility and wide employment merits a brief comment. 
They are typical three-phase diagrams connected both star and 
delta. Three-phase is chosen as it is suitable for either stator 
or rotor and is oftenest met with. Figure 39 shows a four-pole 
series-delta winding, but it may be equally well connected paral- 
lel-star. The winding. Fig. 39, has four conductors per slot. 
In Fig. 40 is an eight-pole series-star connection where the two 



40 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

wires in the top of the slot are connected in parallel, also the two 
in the bottom of the slot, to form one conductor, or a total of 
two conductors per slot. 

Wave Windings. 

In these windings it is of interest to note that the number of 
cross-connections is a minimum, being reduced to the star or 
delta connection, the leads and one short connection in the middle 
of each phase. Such conditions are ideal for a rotor, and when 
the coils are placed in a slot with the tip overhung from one side, 
the winding forms one of the best mechanical jobs for a rotor that 
is known at the present time. 

Passing to Open-Slot Windings. 

It is the object of the rest of this chapter to explain the 
method of connecting up these windings with suflScient examples 
to make it possible to lay out such a diagram when one is not 
inmiediately available. It should be borne in mind that such dia- 
grams can also be used with partly closed slot windings when they 
are of the same form as "diamond coils." Such for example 
are the so-called "fed-in" or "dropped-in" coils, which are really 
"diamond" coils except that they are placed in partly closed 
slots, one wire at a time, through the small opening at the top 
of the slot. Such also are the strap coils referred to earlier, where 
the slot is half open and the tooth tip overhangs from one side. 
While there are four separate coils in such a slot, each coil is 
insulated from ground and for purposes of connecting up may be 
considered the equivalent of an open-slot winding laid in twice 
the number of slots. Such a winding is shown in Figs. 21 and 
33. Bar-and-end connector windings when of the "lap" and 
not the "wave" type are also connected in the same manner. 

Standard " Lap " Winding. 

A completely developed picture of an open-slot winding is 
stiown in Figs. 54 and 55. The straight radial lines are shown 
in pairs. These radial lines represent the straight parts of the 
"diamond" coils. The shorter line of each pair represents the 
side of the coil lying in the bottom of the slot and the longer line 
the side of the coil in the top of the slot. Taking Fig. 54, for 
example, before any cross-connecting was done there were 24 
separate coils with the beginning and ending of each coil project- 
ing at the end of the winding as shown in Fig. 56, which is the 
winding represented in Fig. 54 in place in the stator except laid 



TYPES OF WINDINGS 



n 
I 

'1 
I 




42 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

out flat. Since it is to be connected for three-phase four poles, 
there is a total of 3 X 4 = 12 pole-phase groups required and 
this results in 24 -^ 12 = 2 coils per group. The first step, 
therefore, is to connect the coils in pairs, each pair forming a 
pole-phase group, as in Fig. 57. These coU-to-coil connections, 



Fia. 67. — Same coils "itubbed.up" or connected into pola-phase Etoups. 



Fio. 58. — Completed winding same aa Pigs. 54 and 55. 

or stubs, are shown at the group numbers. The resulting 12 
pole-phase groups are then cross-connected to form the completed 
winding as in Figs. 54 and 58. 

A comparison of Fig. 54 with Fig. 55 shows that the cross- 
connections or pole-phase-group connections are identical, the 
only difference between the two being that Fig. 55 has 36 coils 



TYPES OF WINDINGS 43 

total instead of 24 and hence there are three coils in each pole- 
phase group instead of two. The coils shown in heavy lines, 
Fig. 55, represent the coils having heavier insulation, where the 
phases change between adjacent coils and will be referred to in 
a later chapter. A consideration of these figures leads at once to 
two conclusions: First, that such a form of diagram as Figs. 64 
and 65 is entirely too compUcated for use by the average winder 
and a diagram like that in Fig. 58 requires too much time to 
make and is therefore too expensive. Second, since the actual 
cross-connections themselves are not affected by the number of 
individual coils in the pole-phase group, the entire picture shown 
in Figs; 54 to 68 may be replaced by the simple diagram shown 
in Fig. 69. The spiral Unes representing the pole-phase groups, 
which are numbered to correspond with Figs. 54, 67 and 68, 
can be imagined as being the coils which form the pole-phase 
groups. It is obvious that there might be any number of coils 
connected in series to form the groups. If, for example, the 
complete machine instead of having 24 or 36 slots had 48, 60, 72 
or 96 slots, the cross-connections of the groups in any case would 
be as shown in Fig. 69. A diagram of this type is therefore always 
used for such windings, since it can be used for any three-phase 
four-pole machine independently of the number of slots in a 
particular machine. 

Schematic Diagram. 

Attention is called to the small "Y" diagram in the center of 
Figs. 64 and 55 which is also reproduced in Fig. 69. It has 
no electrical connection with, but is the "schematic equivalent'' 
of, the rest of the diagram. It is the designing engineer's 
imaginary conception of the cross-connections reduced to their 
simplest terms. By comparing the numbers of the groups on 
this small diagram with the corresponding numbers on the larger 
diagram, it will be seen that each pole-phase group is shown in 
its proper phase and with the proper direction of its ends toward 
the lead or toward the star connection. The arrows shown on 
the larger diagram, Fig. 59, and also on the small schematic 
equivalent represent a simple and positive check as to whether 
the connections to the diflferent groups are correct. 

Check for Connecting Proper Ends of Phases to Star Point. 

There is a danger in a three-phase winding that the three 
phases may be connected in a 60-deg. relation instead of a 120- 



44 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

deg. relation, or as it might be expressed on the diagram, Fig. 59, 
there is danger that the wrong end of the B phase, for example, 
may be connected to the star point. As a check against this 
each phase is traced through, starting from the lead or terminal 
and proceeding to the common, or "star," point at the center 
of the winding. As the successive groups are passed through, 
an arrow is placed on each as shown, indicating in which direc- 
tion that group was passed through. When all three phases 
have been traced through and the arrows on the groups are in- 
spected, the diagram is correct if the arrows on adjacent groups 




Fig. 59. — Schematic, four-pole, series star diagram exact equivalent of pictured 

winding in Figs. 54, 55 and 58. 

reverse; that is, if they are alternately clockwise and coimter- 
clockwise in passing aroimd the winding. This check should 
be studied over and thoroughly mastered, as it is the one check 
that the author has found in 15 years of practical experience 
is always reUable and easily applied. The only exception to this 
check is the case of consequent-pole machines, to be described 
in another chapter, but these are so special and so infrequently 
met with that they may be practically put out of the consider- 
ation and the check be regarded as almost xmiversal. 

It is the common practice of all manufacturers to send out 
machines that can readily be connected for either one or two 
voltages. This is accompUshed by a series or parallel arrange- 
ment and can be understood by comparing Figs. 59 and 60. 
By looking at the small "equivalent" diagram in the center, it 



TYPES OF WINDINGS 



45 



will be seen that there are twice as many groups in series between 
the terminal leads in Fig. 59 as there are in Fig. 60. This 
means that if Fig. 59 is proper for 440 volts, Fig. 60 would be 
right for 220 volts. The idea was given in an earlier chapter 
that one function of the winding was to generate the counter- 
electromotive force. It can be seen at once that if the coils 
as connected in Fig. 59 are generating 440 volts, they will ob- 
viously generate only half as many, or 220 volts, connected as 
in Fig. 60. As another consideration, it is seen that if the 
motor has the same horsepower at both voltages, it will have 




AC B 




Fia. 60. — Showing the diagram Fig. Fig. 61. — Showing the diagrams of 

59 reconnected from series to parallel Figs. 59 and 60 reconnected to four 
star. parallel star. 

twice the number of full-load amperes at 220 as it has at 440 
volts. This is properly taken care of, as will be seen from Fig. 
60, since the winding being doubled has twice the copper cross- 
section in Fig. 60 that it had in Fig. 59. 

If the number of poles in the machine is divisible by 4 as, 
for example, 4, 8, 12, 16, etc., the winding may be put in 4 paral- 
lels as shown in Fig. 61 and by comparison with Figs. 59 and 
60 would be good for 110 volts at the same horsepower. The 
increased current at 110 volts is again taken care of by providing 
4 times the copper section, as shown. This same principle can 
be extended, and when the number of poles for which the machine 
is woimd can be divided by 6, it is possible to have the winding 
connected for 3 parallels or 6 parallels, as shown in Figs. 62 



46 CONNECTINQ INDUCTION MOTORS 

and 63, reapectively. If divisible by 8, there could be 2, 4 
or 8 parallels, and if divisible by 10, there could be 2, 5, or 
10 parallels. It will be explained in a later chapter on "Changes 
in Voltage" that these possible changes when considered with 
the possibility of "star" or "delta" allow in many cases the re- 
connecting of motors for new conditions. 




How to Draw a Diagram to Suit Any Case. 

As regards the number of possible diagrams, these multiply very 
fast. As an instance are shown the diagrams, Figs. 64, 65, 66, 67, 



TYPES OF WINDINGS 



47 



68 and 69. Here the simplest case is studied — that of two poles — 
and when two- and three-phase are considered, series and parallel, 
and star and delta, there are six possible diagrams of connection, 
as indicated. Considering for the moment a 12-pole winding, 



CAB 



BAG 





Fig. 66. — Three-phase, two-pole wind- 
ing connected series star. 



CA B 



Fig. 67. — Three-phase, two-pole wind 
ing connected parallel delta. 





Fig. 68. — Three-phase, two-pole wind- Fig. 69. — Three-phase, two-pole wind- 
ing connected series delta. ing connected two parallel star. 

there are possibilities for series, 2 parallel, 3 parallel, 4 parallel, 
6 parallel and 12 parallel groups, which with two- and three- 
phase and star and delta give 18 diagrams total, just for 12 poles. 
It becomes plain that it is desirable to analyze these diagrams 



48 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



and arrive at a simple scheme by which any one can be drawn 
at need without the necessity of relying on a bulky collection of 




^'^e../ 



Fia. 70. — Two-phase, four-pole series connection. 








Fig. 71. — Same as 70 except **B" phase reversed. 



B 



e 









V- 




■t 'e' If 's' f, 



-^—4 



tH=t: 




Fig. 72. — Three-phase, four-pole series star connection. 




Fig. 73. — Same as Fig. 72 except leads brought out from different groups. 
General scheme of laying out pole phase group diagrams. 



diagrams which may not be available when needed. In Figs. 
70, 71, 72 and 73 is shown the method of laying out diagrams 



TYPES OF WINDINGS 49 

of this general nature. The first operation in making the 
connection is to connect the individual coils into pole-phase 
groups. There are as many coils in series in each group as the 
total number of coils in the winding divided by the number of 
phases times the number of poles. In Figs. 70 and 71 this is 
assumed to be 4 coils, and hence each pole-phase group is shown 
as having 4 individual coils in series. The next step, as shown in 
Figs. 70 and 71, for a two-phase machine is to letter the altern- 
ate groups A, B, A, B, etc., to designate the groups in the A 
phase from those in the B phase. The next step is to put on the 
arrows, as shown, in groups of two pointing m the same direction 
on two successive groups of coils. It does not matter what group 
is used to start with. The only essential is that there shall be 
first two arrows pointing clockwise and then two arrows pointing 
coimterclockwise. The third step is to show the connections to 
the different groups so that the current at any given instant will 
pass through the groups in the same direction as the arrows. If 
this method is followed in laying out the connections of two-phase 
windings, the result will always be a diagram that shows the pole- 
phase groups connected in their proper relation. 

Figure 71 is produced to compare with Fig. 70 to verify the 
statement already made that the arrows may be placed beginning 
with any group. In Fig. 70, beginning at the right, there are 
two arrows coimterclockwise on groups 1 and 2, whereas 
in Fig. 71 the first two arrows counterclockwise are on groups 
4 and 5. The only effect of this is to reverse the B phase, 
or in other words, the motor in Fig. 71 would have the opposite 
rotation of the motor in Fig. 70. Since this is at once corrected 
by reversing the leads of one phase outside the motor, it wiU be 
seen that if the internal connections are made according to Fig. 
70 or 71, the motor will operate properly in all respects. 

Three-Phase Star Diagrams. 

The three-phase winding shown in Fig. 72 is even simpler. 
Here there are 3 coils per pole-phase group, and as in the two- 
phase winding the individual coils are first connected mto pole- 
phase groups and the groups lettered consecutively A,B,C,A,B, 
C, to separate the phases. Then the arrows are put on as shown, 
first clockwise and then counterclockwise, alternately, beginning 
with any convenient group, it matters not which. The lines are 
then drawn in for the group connections as shown, following the 



50 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

convention that the arrow enters the lead or terminal of each 
phase and goes toward the star or common connection at the 
center of the winding. If this rule is followed, the connection 
will be correct and it is applicable to any combination of numbers 
of slots and poles. By keeping in mind either Fig. 70 or Fig. 
71 for two-phase and Fig. 72 for three-phase, all diagrams of 
this type are mastered and can readily be reproduced at a 
moment's notice. 

Delta Diagrams. 

In checking a delta diagram, check it first as if it were a star 
diagram and then form the delta by connecting the star end of 
the A phase to the B lead, the B star to the C lead and the C 
star to the A lead. These three connections will be the delta 
points from which the three external leads are brought out. 
Another method of checking where it can be handled without 
confusion is to imagine the current flowing aroimd inside the 
closed delta. The arrows on adjacent pole-phase groups will 
then alternate in direction as in the check on a star winding. 
This latter check may be applied to Figs. 67 and 68 by starting 
from terminal A, or any terminal for that matter, and following 
around through all the pole-phase groups back to A. For ex- 
ample, in Fig. 68, starting from A terminal, follow through 
group 1, then through 4, 3, 6, 5 and 2 back to A ; thus a closed 
circuit has been made through all the groups in the direction 
of the arrows. 

A further consideration of the arrows on the pole-phase groups 
of Fig. 72 shows that there might be a number of different con- 
nections, all correct, which check with these arrows and differ 
only as to the particular group from which the lead or the star 
connection are taken off. In fact, the lead or the star connec- 
tion may be taken off from the proper end of any pole-phase 
group in a given phase so long as the cross-connections, when 
followed through, give the alternate arrows as shown. Fig. 
73 is added to show one of these possible connections just as 
correct as Fig. 72, but with the leads and stars taken off from 
different pole-phase groups. Referring to the winding. Fig. 58, 
and again applying this rule, it will be foimd to hold good as 
indicated by the arrows. This demonstrates conclusively the 
correctness of this method of checking three-phase diagrams 
of this type. 



CHAPTER IV 

CHORDED WINDINGS OR THE EFFECT OF COIL THROW 

ON THE MAGNETIC FIELD 

The efifect of changes in frequency, phase, voltage or poles 
upon the performance of an induction motor and the necessary 
changes in the windings to preserve normal operation may be 
considered from the viewpoint of a change in voltage only and 
worked out by that method. By this is meant, for example, that 
a three-phase motor may be considered as a two-phase machine 
of a different voltage, in so far as the magnetic flux in the iron is 
concerned, also the heating, efficiency, torques, power factor, etc. 
Likewise a 25-cycle motor may be considered as a 60-cycle 
machine at a different voltage and operated accordingly. 

A change in the number of poles can be looked upon as chang- 
ing the speed of rotation of the magnetic field. With a given 
number of conductors this would at once affect the generated 
voltage or counter-electromotive force. It was explained in the 
second chapter that the coimter-e.m.f. was practically almost 
equal to the appUed e.m.f., or Une voltage. Hence it may be 
seen that even a change in the number of poles can be considered 
as a voltage change and the number of wires in the coils corre- 
spondingly changed so as to give the same performance imder 
the new conditions. 

Since all these changes can be considered as voltage changes 
and will be so considered in the chapters to follow, it is necessary 
to investigate closely all the considerations that directly affect 
the voltage. The first one of these is the effect of winding the 
coils less than full pitch, or "chording" the coils, as it is most 
frequently called. The pitch, or span, is expressed in the number 
of the slots included beween the two sides of the coil. 

It is conmion knowledge that this pitch, or throw, must be 
somewhere near the quotient of the bore periphery of the core 
divided by the number of poles. For example, if the stator of 
a given motor had 72 slots and was woimd for four poles, an in- 
dividual coil would be expected to lie in slots 1 and 19 or there- 

51 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



CHORDED WINDINGS 53 

abouts. The reason for this is that if there are four poles, the 
span of each coil must be somewhere near one-quarter of the bore 
periphery. In this case 72 -5- 4 = 18 slots, and 18 + 1 = 19, 
hence the exact pitch for the coils of this winding would be 1 and 
19. Similarly, a six-pole coil for the same core would Ue in some- 
thing like slots 1 and 13 and an eight-pole coil in slots 1 and 10. 
An examination of any induction motor woimd in the usual way 
discloses the fact that the coils are seldom woimd full pitch, as in 
Fig. 74, but always a few slots less, as in Fig. 75. It is the purpose 
of this chapter to discuss the reasons for winding the coils less 
than full pitch and the effect upon the voltage of the machine 
caused by this practice, which gives a fractional-pitch winding. ^ 
One of the immediate results of spreading the coil less than 
full pitch is to place in the same slot coils carrying currents of 
different phases. This is illustrated in Figs. 74 and 75, which 
show a two-phase four-pole winding placed in 32 slots. In Fig. 
74 the throw of the coil is 1 and 9, or exact pitch, and it can 
be seen, that all the slots contain coils entirely of the same phase; 
that is, all slots contain either A or B coils. On the other hand, 
in Fig. 75, the throw of the coil is one less than full pitch, or it 
is chorded one slot and woimd in slots 1 and 8. As a result, 
it is seen that in slots 1, 5, 9, 13, etc., the coil lying in the top of 
the slot is of a different phase from the coil in the bottom of the 
slot. At first thought this appears to be an interference, but 
it is really not so, since the values of the currents in the two phases 
at a given instant are different; and since one is increasing and 
the other decreasing, the effect on the magnetic circuit is due not 
only to the amount of current in the two coils, but also to their 
phase relation. Hence the result of chording is not to make 
the two phases interfere with each other in any way, but simply 
to have a tendency to reduce the number of turns in the coils, as 
wiU be described. That the resulting magnetic field which ro- 
tates is due to the interaction of all the phases in this way was 
mentioned in Chapter II. 

Advantages of Chording the Winding. 

There are three main reasons for winding the coils less than 
full pitch: (1) The length of the mean turn is reduced; (2) it has 

^ A longer theoretical discussion of fractional-pitch windings is found in the 
"Transactions of the A. I. E. E.," Vol. XXVI, 1907, pp. 1485-1608, Messrs. 
Adams, Cabot and Irving; and Vol. XXVII, 1908, pp. 1077-85, Jens Bache- 
Wiig. 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



CHORDED WINDINGS 



55 




the efifect of changing the number of turns in the coil; (3) the 
over-all length of the winding parallel to the shaft is reduced, thus 
requiring less space in the end brackets which carry the bearings. 

Discussing these effects in order, the reduction in the length of 
the mean turn accompUshes two results: First, less wire is re- 
quired to form the coils, which is a sUght economy; and second, 
the total resistance of the winding is reduced. This reduction 
in resistance, in turn, has two beneficial results — the one a reduc- 
tion in copper loss with a corresponding gain in efficiency and 
the other a reduction in heating, since the heating is measured 
by the* total losses that must be dissi- 
pated. The reduction in cost and the 
improvement in performance are both of 
a relatively small order, but they repre- 
sent the minor details in which a nicely 
balanced design has an advantage over 
one more crude. The reason for the 
shortening of the mean turn can be seen 
from Fig. 76. The coil ABCDEF is 
wound in slots 1 and 7 and the coil 
AGHIJF is woimd in slots 1 and 6. 
It will be noted that the gain in length 
by the shorter coil is due not alone to 

the fact that the chord AH is shorter than AC, but also 
to the fact that the point G is considerably nearer the core 
than the point B; or in other words, the angle AGH is greater 
than ABC.^ 

The second effect of chording is that it acts in the same man- 
ner as changing the number of turns in series in the coil. Sup- 
pose, for example, that a designer of induction motors has made 
a calculation and finds that if six turns of wire are put in a 
coil there will be sUghtly too many turns for the best result, 
and if five turns are used there will be sUghtly too few. If 
there was not the recourse of chording the coil, it would be neces- 
sary to decide which was the lesser of the two evils, or else to 
change the number of slots. The latter might not be possible 
as it is desirable to have the total number of slots a multiple of 
the number of phases times the number of poles, and this could 
not be shifted in fine adjustments. However, it is possible to 

1 See article in "Electric Journal," Vol. VIII, 94, by Gray E. MiUer, on 
"Determining the Fonn of a Diamond Coil." 



Fia. 76.— "Chording" 
shortens the length of wire 
in the coil. 



56 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

chord the coil and by the simple expedient of winding the coils 
one or more slots less than fuU pitch, the effect can be produced 
of putting 5J^ or 5% turns in a coil, or in fact a very fine ad- 
justment to give exactly the best possible combination. There 
would of course be six actual physical turns of wire in the coils, 
but their magnetic eflfect would be reduced by the chording to 
5J^ tiu-ns or whatever was desired. 

The effect of the turns in the coil varies as the sine of half of 
the angle in electrical degrees which the coil spans. To illus- 
trate, if there are 72 slots in an eight-pole machine, the coils 
would spread exactly full pitch if they lay in slots 1 and* 10; or 
in other words, if there were eight slots between the two slots 
in which the two sides of any coil were located. Such a coil 
would span 180 electrical degrees. One-half of 180 deg. is 90 
deg., and the sine of 90 deg. is 1; therefore the effect of the tiuns 
in such a coil is 1, or maximum. Suppose, instead, the coil lies 
in slots 1 and 8. It would then span 140 deg. electrically, since 
72 -J- 8 = 9 slots represents 180 deg.; one slot therefore repre- 
sents 20 deg. and seven slots 140 deg. The sine of half of 140 deg., 
or 70 deg., is 0.94. Hence it follows that the effect of the turns 
in this coil is less than that of the full-pitch coil by the ratio of 
0.94 to 1. 

Changing Poles with Constant Throw. 

The foregoing is of interest in the present problem, because it 
is often possible in making alterations in the winding to change 
at the same time the span of the coils by one slot, more or less, 
by springing the coil mechanically, and so improve the per- 
formance of the machine under the new conditions. The point 
becomes of vital importance immediately when changing the 
nimiber of poles without changing the throw of the coils. 
Referring again to the 72-slot motor, assume that the coils are 
wound in slots 1 and 8. For an eight-pole connection these coils 
will have an effect of 0.94 as explained. If the connections are 
changed for six poles, the effect is entirely different; 72 -^ 6 = 12 
and 180 -^ 12 = 15, or each slot represents 15 electrical degrees. 
A throw of 1 and 8 covers seven complete slots, or 7 X 15 = 105 
deg.; the sine of half of 105, or 52.5 deg. = 0.79, which means 
that when connected for six poles the coils have an effect of only 
0.79, as against 0.94 when connected for eight poles. 

It is possible to avoid using the sine of half the angle and se- 



CHORDED WINDINGS 57 

cure a factor that is sufficiently accurate for all practical pur- 
poses by using the expression, 



4 



(Ntimber of slots per poley—2{N umber of slots dropped)^ 



{Number of slots per poleY 

Using the same eight-pole example as above, the number of 
slots per pole is 72 -7- 8 = 9, and the pole pitch is 1 and 10. 
When the coil is woimd 1 and 8, it spans 7 slots and there are 9 
— 7 = 2 slots dropped. The expression then becomes 



(9) 
and similarly for the six-pole. 



V^^^- ^i - OM. 



which agrees roughly with the other method. 

Explanation of Term " Chord Factor." 

A coil should in no case be chorded more than half of the pole 
pitch, as secondary disturbances of the magnetic field are oc- 
casioned by chording which become prohibitive at that point. 
The expression, "sine of half the angle spanned by the coil," is 
given the name "chord factor," and it should be considered in 
the work of reconnecting. For example, if the poles are changed 
from 8 to 6, as in the example given, and the chord factor changes 
from 0.94 to 0.79, the new line voltage should be 0.79 -^ 0.94 
times the old, neglecting the effect of other changes that are 
being made. If nothing else was undergoing change and the 

normal voltage was 440 in the first place, it should be 440 X 

0.79 

7^-^ = 370 after the change is made; or, expressing it another 

way, if it was still operated at 440 volts after the change, the 
motor should be thought of as operating at about 18 per cent, 
over voltage. 

Since the foregoing is one of the important points in induction- 
motor winding, it is worth while to consider carefully how this 
effect is produced. It could be stated briefly by saying that the 
two sides of the coil, which of course are in series, are not strictly 
in phase with each other. But this can be seen more clearly 
from diagrams. Suppose, for example, that a two-pole motor is 
considered and that a cross-section is taken through the core and 



58 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



windings in a plane at right angles to the shaft, as shown in Fig. 
77. The dotted parallel lines in the peculiar twin pattern 
represent the lines of force, or magnetism of the rotating mag- 
netic field, which is rotating in a clockwise direction, as shown by 

the arrow outside. The small 



^oiafiojl 



ofAfo, 




Stator^ 
(jarrwiations 



Fig. 77. — Cross-section through a 
two-pole stator showing magnetic 
lines of force. 



arrows on the lines of flux indi- 
cate the magnetism coming from 
the stator north pole at the top 
into the rotor core and out again 
into the stator at the bottom, 
forming a south pole. 

Of course this magnetic field 
is being set up by polyphase 
alternating currents, but it need 
only be thought of as shown in 
the figure and as if excited by 
direct current. The six small 
circles, in the stator and near 
the bore, numbered 1 to 6, repre- 
sent the conductors of the stator winding. Consider that these 
six conductors constitute the complete winding. As the mag- 
netic field swings around in a clockwise direction, it cuts these 
six conductors because with6ut doing so it cannot get from the 
stator into the rotor and back and at the same time rotate. As 
the conductors cut this field, each one gen- 
erates a voltage which in value and direc- 
tion may be represented by the arrows or 
vectors of Fig. 78. 

The reason these voltages are shown in 
a hexagon is because they are not all gen- 
erated at the same time, but in a succession. 
For example, the north pole sweeps by 
conductor No. 1 and a fraction of a second 
later past No. 2 and then past No. 3 and 
so on around to No. 6, and this can be 
represented by the sides of a hexagon 
which finally closes on itself, as shown in Fig. 78. The reason 
the arrows for conductors No. 1 and No. 4 are shown in the 
same direction is because the north pole is sweeping past 
No. 1 to the right at the same instant that the south pole is 
sweeping past No. 4 to the left, so that the voltages in these two 




Fig. 78. — Vector dia- 
gram showing direction 
at any instant of volt- 
ages generated by con- 
ductors in Fig. 77. 



CHORDED WINDINGS 59 

conductors are in the same direction at the same instant. Simi- 
larly, Nos. 2 and 5, and Nos. 3 and 6 are aUke in pairs. Suppose 
now that No. 1 and No. 4 had their ends connected together both 
at the front and the back of the machine so that they formed a 
short-circuited turn. The voltage then which would be effective 
in forcing current around this short-circuit would be that generated 
in No. 1 plus that in No. 4 and may be represented by line No. 1 
plus No. 4, or KL, shown in Fig. 79. KL then would represent the 
voltage of a coil wound exactly full pitch or from the center of 
a north pole to the center of a south pole. 

Suppose, instead of No. 1 and No. 4, that No. 1 and No. 6 had 
their ends connected so as to form a short-circuited tiu-n. The 
voltage which would be effective in forcing ciu-rent around 





K U ^^L 

Fia. 79. — Adding volt- Fia. 80. — Adding volt- Fio. 81. — Adding volt- 
ages generated by con- ages of conductors 1 and ages of conductors 1 and 
ductors 1 and 4, Fig. 77. 6, Fig. 77. 6, Fig. 77. 

through this short-circuit would be MN, shown in Fig. 80, 
which it will be seen is somewhat less than KL in Fig. 79. The 
arrow MN is made by adding 1 and 5 which in themselves are 
just as long as 1 and 4, but instead of lying in a straight line they 
are at an angle to each other. This angle shows what is meant 
by the two sides of the coil being out of phase with each other, or 
still another way to say it would be that the magnetic field is not 
working on No. 1 and No. 5 in exactly the same way at the same 
instant as it was on No. 1 and No. 4. Therefore, when No. 1 
and No. 5 are short-circuited giving the voltage MN, they repre- 
sent a coil chorded to two-thirds of full pitch, or they have the 
effect instead of being two conductors in series, of being only 
2 X 0.866 conductors, or 1.73 conductors. This is because two- 
thirds pitch would he % X 180 deg. = 120 deg. and the sine 
(0.5 of 120 deg.) = sine 60 deg. = 0.866. 

In the same way conductors No. 1 and No. 6 could be joined in 
series to form a short-circuited turn, and the voltage of such a 
turn would be represented by OP in Fig. 81 which is made up of 
No. 1 and No. 6, which are at an angle of 60 deg. with each other. 
In this case, instead of having the effect of two conductors in 



60 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

series so far as voltage generation is concerned, the effect will 
be that of only one, since 1 and 6 represent one-third pitch, and 
yi of 180 deg. = 60 deg. and the sine (0.5 of 60 deg.) = sine 
30 deg. =0.6. Therefore 2X0.5 = 1. Of course 6 slots per pole 
is a small number and it can be seen that with 12 or 15 slots per 
pole at his disposal the designer can chord to get almost any 
value required. 

Effect of Chording. 

It will be noted that in this graphic explanation the conductors 
were spoken of only as generating counter-e.m.f., as explained 
in the first chapter and never as setting up the field. How- 
ever, it should be understood that in the magnetizing function 
of the winding, also, the chording produces the same effect as 
explained here by means of the generator idea. 

The third effect of chording has been mentioned as shortening 
the coils axially. This is very useful, especially in the case of 
two-pole and four-pole machines where the coils, if made full 
pitch, would protrude so far at each end a£ to require special 
end brackets. These long end brackets in turn would spread the 
bearings farther apart and make necessary a larger shaft to keep 
down the shaft deflection. Hence it is of prime importance to 
shorten up on the coil ends in this manner. Also, the end wind- 
ings are mechanically stiff er. There are other effects of chording 
known to the designer, which are desirable. These are, for 
example, a reduction in the leakage reactance, thereby giving 
better torques and possibly better power factor and efficiency. 
Also, it is very beneficial in reducing magnetic noise to employ 
chording, depending on the combinations of slot numbers, so 
that, taken all in all, chording is one of the prime features in 
studying the effect of winding changes upon the performance of 
a machine. 

Distribution Factor Less Important. 

Another winding factor that acts in a similar manner to the 
chord factor just discussed is the one known as distribution factor. 
This is not subject to control as is the chording and is relatively 
much less important, but should be mentioned in passing, as its 
neglect might occasion trouble if a combination was employed 
which otherwise was on the ragged edge of failure. This distri- 
bution factor has to do with the fact that the coils in one phase 
of a two-phase motor are spread over half of the face of a pair of 
poles and in a three-phase motor are spread over one-third of the 



C HORDED WINDINGS 61 

face of a pair of poles. This factor varies a trifle with the 
number of slots per phase and pole, but a fair value for average 
two-phase windings is 0.905, which is about the ratio of one side 
of a square inscribed in a circle to one-fourth of the circumfer- 
ence. For a three-phase machine a fair average value is 0.956, 
which is practically the ratio of one side of a hexagon inscribed 
in a circle to one-sixth the circumference, or 3 -^ 3.14. 

Ordinarily this factor is not troublesome and if forgotten in 
changing from two- to three-phase, or vice versa, would not cause 
any great disturbance. However, in deaUng with special ma- 
chines — as for example, motors woimd for two sets of poles — 
the distribution factor may be more important than the other 
factors. In such a case the two-phase distribution factor may 
be as low as 0.707 and the three-phase as 0.866 because the coils 
for a four-pole motor, for example, are spread over the pole 
face of an eight-pole. Mention is made of this fact in connection 
with Fig. 138, Chapter IX. 

Phase Insulation Important. 

Another general fa-ctor is that of "phase insulation." It is the 
practice of many manuf actiu'ers to put heavier insulation on the 
coils at the ends of the polar groups which are mechanically adja- 
cent to one another and which are also subjected to the voltage 
between phases, which may be the maximum voltage between sup- 
ply lines. Such coils are drawn in heavy lines in Fig. 55. By rear- 
ranging this diagram for two-phase it appears at once that both the 
number and location of these so-called ''phase-coils" are changed, 
and in changing the number of poles, the number and location of 
the phase-coils must also be -changed. In fact, whatever recon- 
nection is attempted, the phase coils should be checked and re- 
arranged, since this is comparatively easy and adds considerably 
to the protection of the machine from breakdowns of insulation. 

To illustrate the manner in which the phase coils should be 
rearranged when changing phases or poles. Figs. 82 to 85 are 
shown. All four of these figiu-es show the same winding in 48 
slots and with a coil throw of 1 and 9. In Fig. 82 the phase 
coils are arranged for three-phase four-poles, in Fig. 83 for two- 
phase four-poles, in Fig. 84 for two-phase eight-poles and in Fig. 
85 for three-phase eight-poles. It will be noted that since the 
throw of the coils remains unchanged, it represents a chord factor 
corresponding to two-thirds pitch, or 120 deg. for the four-pole 
winding (since 8 slots = % of 12) and a chord factorcorrespond- 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



CHORDED WINDINGS 



i 




1 


: 


f 




s 


i 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


■3 


1 


1 


u 


S 


i 


! 


1 


i 

•s 


a 


3 


i 


1 




t 



64 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

ing to one and one-third or 240 deg. for the eight-pole winding 
(since 8 slots = 1^^ of 6). Since the chord factor is equal to the 
sine of }4 the spread angle and since the sine of 120 deg. = the 
sine of 60 deg. = 0.866, the effect of the underchording on the 
four-pole winding is exactly the same as the effect of the over- 
chording on the eight-pole winding. 

In all four diagrams the coils having heavier insulation than 
the others are shown shaded, the different degrees of shading 
representing the coil having additional insulation in the different 
phases. In Fig. 82 there are 12 pole-phase groups of four coils 
each. The two outside coils of each group have heavier insula- 
tion, as indicated; this will give 24 phase coils, or one-half the 
winding is phase coils. The winding Fig. 83 has eight pole- 
phase groups, with 16 phase coils, or one-third of the total wind- 
ing is phase coils. In Fig. 84 the winding has 16 pole-phase 
groups, making it necessary that there be 32 phase coils. The 
arrangement in Fig. 85 gives 24 pole-phase groups of only two 
coils per group, hence all the coils must be phase coils with 
increased insulation. 

Plotting Pictures of the Magnetic Field. 

In Chapter II there was shown a method of plotting a physical 
representation of the rotating magnetic field as it varies from 
point to point around the air gap of an actual machine. The 
same method may be used to show what effect is produced on its 
shape by changing the throw of the coil, or chording the winding 
as it is called. The latter effect is thus investigated for a change 
of one slot at a time from full pitch to less than half pitch. By 
full pitch is meant that the span of the coil is exactly the same 
distance as that from the center of a north pole to the center of 
an adjoining south pole, and by half pitch that the coil spans or 
throws only half that distance. Referring to Figs. 17 and 18 of 
Chapter II the small "stair step'' figures represent cross-sections 
of the magnetic field existing in the motor as the alternating 
currents in the windings vary in value from instant to instant, 
and a comparison of the small figiu-es shows that the magnetic 
field actually travels around the stator bore or ''air gap*' at a 
uniform rate. The number of revolutions that it makes in one 
minute is equal to 120 times the number of cycles per second of 
the supply circuit divided by the number of poles in the stator. 

Expressed in symbols this would be S = 120 - ; where S is the 



CHORDED WINDINGS 



65 



speed of rotation in r.p.m., / is the frequency in cycles per second, 
and p is the number of poles. 

In order to make clear the field photographs or diagrams of the 
present chapter and to obviate the possibility of confusion regard- 
ing them, attention is called to the fact that they represent the 
conditions existing in the windings at an instant of time when the 
current in one of them is at its maximum value. Since we are 
dealing with three-phase motors, the currents in the windings 
connected to the other two phases will at that instant both be 
equal to one-half their maximum values. This may be ex- 
plained by reference to Figs. 17 and 18 of Chapter II, which 
represent the values of the currents in the three phases for 




^ 



FiQ. 86. — Normal relation of the currents in a three-phase motor. 



every 30 deg. of a complete cycle of 360 deg. Suppose these 
three cm-rents are represented by the three branches. A, B 
and C of the '' Y'' illustrated in Fig. 86, each of which is 120 deg. 
from the other, and that a vertical reference line hh is drawn 
through the center o. Now assume that the "Y" rotates in a 
counterclockwise direction about this center while the line hh 
remains stationary, and that the three branches assume the suc- 
cessive positions represented in the second colunm of Fig. 87. 
The values of the currents at any instant of time will be repre- 
sented by the length of their horizontal projections upon the 
line hh. If the maximum value of each current is assumed to be 
one ampere, the instantaneous values of the three for each 30 
deg. of a complete cycle would be those given in the last three 



66 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



columns of Fig. 87. Projections that lie above the center o 
are taken to be positive and those that lie below as being negative. 
In Chapter II there was given a picture of the field corre- 
sponding to each instantaneous value of the currents, but in the 
present chapter the figures are given for only one of these values 
and they have been chosen to be the ones existing when the con- 



ANGLE, 
DEG. 


POSITION Of 
BRANCHES 
OF Y 


CURRENT A 
AMPERES 


CURRENT B 
AMPERES 


CURRENT C 
AMPERES 





O-fB 


-05 


+ 1.0 


-05 


30 


T" 





+ 0.60^ 


-OM<b 


eo 






+ 0.5 


+ 05 


-1.0 


90 


B^f^^ 


+ 0.d(b(b 





-0.6(b(b 


120 


B*^C 


+ 1.0 


-0.5 

■ 


-03 


150 


Aw 
I5<pl— C 


+ 0.d(b(b 


- O.Q(b(b 





160 


A<UC 


+ 05 


-1.0 


+ 05 


210 


ZIO-^B 





- O.Q(b(b 


+ OA(b(b 


240 




-05 


-0.5 


+ 1.0 


270 


A ^'-'' 


'0.6(b(c 


0- 


+ 0.6Q>(d 


300 


300° 




-1.0 


+ 05 


+05 


530 


'^' 


-0.600 


+ 0.d<b(b 





Z(bO 


Same as 
ODeg. 









Fio. 87. — Instantaneous values of 

out a 



the currents in a three-phase motor through- 
complete cycle. 



dition is that shown for deg. in Fig. 87, that is, for the instant 
when the current in the B phase is at its plus maximum value 
and the currents in the A and C phases are at minus one-half 
their maximum values. Of course, any other position could have 
been chosen for conducting the investigation, but the values for 
the deg. position are convenient ones to use when plotting the 
results. 



CHORDED WINDINGS 67 

Meet of Chording Shown Graphically. 

Since one of the efEecta of reconnecting for a diEEerent number 
of poles is to affect the "chord" or throw of the coil, let us con- 
sider first the effect of "chording." Pigs. 88 to 93 incluaive 



Fio. SS. — Fioluca of mftKOBtio Gald set up by viadiog in Fig. 94. 



Fio. 8S. — Magnelia field if winding in Fig. 94 is chorded to alota 1 and 9. 

show the magnetic field constructed, as explained in Chapter II 
for a 54-8lot three-phase 6-pole winding when the throw of the 
coil is changed one slot at a time from slots 1 and 10, as in Fig. 
94, which is full pitch or 180 deg., down to slots 1 and 5, as in 
Fig. 95, which is less than half pitch; or to be precise, 80 deg. 



68 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

The same magnetizing current is assmned to flow in the coils in 
all six cases, although in an actual machine this would not be 
the case; the magnetizing current would increase with decreased 



(ca • ■ + 1-0 Ampera, Plwe B 
(WO- -0,5 " "A 

Fio. 90.— Macnellc field if wioding in Fi«. 94 is ohorded to alota 1 and 8. 



FiQ. 01. — Similar to Fig. 90 except eborded to slots 1 and 7. 

throw of coil due to the attempt of the motor to keep the field at 
the constant v^ue necessary for the generation of the required 
back or counter-electromotive force. To facilitate comparison, 



■ CHORDED WINDINGS 69 

however, this change in current has been disregarded in the 
figures. The "stair steps" show the magnetic fields as they 
would look if there were no winding on the rotor, and the smooth 



Fia. 82.— Similar to Fin. 91 chorded to I and 6. 



{d)©- + 1.0 Ampere, PhcjsoB 
(e)©--0.5 - « A 

(f)©--aB " " C 

Fia. 03.— Similar to Fig. 92 chorded to 1 and 5 as in Fig. 95. 

curves, having the sine shape, show the fields as they look after 
being smoothed out by the currents in the rotor winding. It 
will be noticed that the area of the field for one pole is given in 
each case and that it varies from 32 for full pitch in Fig. SS, 



70 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



down to 20 in Fig. 93. These areas correspond to what is 
known as the "chord factor" of the winding. In the earlier 
part of this chapter it was stated that the chord factor for a 
chorded winding could be expressed in its effect on the magnetiz- 
ing or no-load current and in its effect on the generated or counter- 
electromotive force by the mathematical value of the sine of 
one-half the electrical angle spanned by the coil. This relation 
is shown in the following table: 



Table I. — Chobd Factors fob Vabious Angles 



Figure 



Angle spanned by 
coil — a deg. 



Sine Ka, or chord 
factor 



Area of magnetic 
pole figured from 
chord factor 



Area of ma^etie 

pole granhically 

from ngure 



S8 


ISO 


1.000 


32.0 


32 


89 


160 


0.985 


31.5 


31 


90 


140 


0.940 


30.1 


30 


91 


120 


0.866 


27.7 


27 


92 


100 


0.766 


24.5 


24 


93 


80 


0.642 


20.5 


20 



The sUght difference between the last two columns in the table 
is due to the area imder the ''stair step'* curve not being quite 
the same as the area imder the corresponding smooth sine curve. 
The chord factor as shown in the third column at once indicates 
two facts: First, that if the winding is chorded more current will 
have to flow in the windings to produce the same magnetic field 
strength; and second, that since the generated or counter-electro- 
motive force in the windings set up by the rotating magnetic 
field is reduced through chording by the amoimt indicated by 
the chord factor, it is necessary to have a stronger magnetic 
field in the motor if it is to operate at the same voltage when the 
coil is chorded up. The way this shows up in reconnecting 
for different numbers of poles, when the reconnection causes 
chording of the coil, is that the same effect is produced as would 
be if the motor were connected to a higher voltage. This will 
be explained fully in a later chapter deaUng with the practical 
appUcation of the principles presented in this chapter to the 
actual work of reconnecting. 

An examination of the shape of the magnetic field indicates 
that the effect of chording is to flatten the top of the field and 
make it lower for the same pole span. In Fig. 96 is shown the 



CHORDED WINDINGS 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 





CHORDED WINDINGS 73 

effect of connecting the winding of Figs. 88 and 94 for four 
poles instead of six. The mechanical throw of the coils is still 
1 and 10, but the pole arc is longer for four poles, hence, the 
coil is actually chorded to 120 electrical degrees for four poles, 
although it was full pitch, or 180 deg., when connected for six 
poles. It will be noted that with the 6-pole winding, Fig. 88 
the entire area of the poles is 6 X 32 = 192, but that for the 
4-pole winding. Fig. 96, the area is 4 X 61 = 244. In the 4- 
pole winding, the speed of the rotating field is 1.5 times that of 
the 6-pole one, and it would therefore seem reasonable that with 
the same magnetic field density in the air gap and the same 
currents in the windings, the horsepower when connected as a 
4-pole machine should be 1.5 times that of the 6-pole rating. 
However, since the coil throw on four poles is only 120 deg. the 
chord factor is sine of 60 deg. = 0.866 and the rating will be 
reduced by this fact so that only 1.5 X 0.866, or about 1.3 the 
6-pole horsepower can be expected. The total areas of the two 
fields as previously noted — namely, 244 and 192 — have the 
relation ^^^92 = 1-27, which is very dose to 1.3, so it follows 
that a close approximation of the output to be expected from 
a reconnected motor can be obtained by this simple method of 
plotting the magnetic fields and comparing the areas. The 
difference in the saturation of the stator iron would affect this 
result to some extent, but usually not enough to introduce a 
serious error. 

In Figs. 97, 98 and 99 is shown the effect upon the magnetic 
field of reconnecting the winding shown in Figs. 88 and 94 for 8, 
10 and 12 poles, respectively. The effect of chording becomes 
more pronounced with each step, and the decreased area of the 
magnetic field shows that with the decreasing speed the horse- 
power decreases also until finally in Fig. 99 an impossible con- 
dition is reached under which the motor could not run at all, 
since the throw of the coil is exactly pitch for 6 poles and therefore 
substantially becomes dead when connected for 12 poles; or 
putting it another way, the throw of the coil is such that when 
there are 12 poles both sides of any givea coil lie in exactly the 
same polarity; one side is under a north pole and the other, 
instead of being under a south pole, reaches clear across and hes 
under the next north pole, so that the counter-electromotive 
force, which is generated in one side of the coil, is exactly balanced 
and neutralized by the voltage generated in the opposite side 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



i 




^ ' 












1 


£ 




s 








S 




s 


S 


















5 =- 


- -s 








T 


M^^lj- 


- - s 






i 




1. 


i 


#li 


s 





CHORDED WINDINGS 75 

and there is no counter-electromotive force left to oppose the 
applied electromotive force at the stator terminals, consequently, 
the current in the stator winding is limited only by the ohmic 
resistance of this winding, and would cause the circuit-breaker 
to open, or, if the motor was not properly protected, cause the 
windings to be destroyed in a very short period. Attention was 

Fia. 100. 



Fio. 101. 

Fio, 100. — Stator o! Fig. 94 ooanected for two poles. 

Fia. 101. — Stator of Fig. 94 rewound for two poles vrith coils of correct throw. 

Note unprovement in Fig. 101 over Fig. 100. 

called to this point in an earlier chapter when speaking of the pos- 
sibility of connecting some windings as they stand for double or 
half speed; that is, for half as many poles or twice as many poles. 
The statement was then made that this should not be attempted 
if the throw of the coils was exactly pitch on the original winding. 



76 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

Fig. 99 explains why this is true and why such a reconnection is 
not feasible. 

In Figs. 100 and 101 is shown a very interesting comparison. 
Fig. 100 shows the result of reconnecting the 6-pole winding of 
Figs. 88 and 94 for two poles. Ordinarily, this would not be 
possible because a 2-pole motor would require about three times 
the radial depth of iron behind the slots as is required by a 6-pole 
one; but assuming for illustration that such a reconnection had 
been attempted, the field would have the appearance shown, and 
it will be seen that the area of one magnetic pole would be 142. 
Suppose, on the other hand, that instead of reconnecting, the 
motor had been rewound with coils having a throw of 180 deg. for 
two poles or full pitch, as shown in Fig. 101 ; then the area of the 
field would be 284 for one pole or just twice the value for the 
reconnected motor. Since, as has been shown, the comparative 
areas of the two poles are some measure of the output to be 
expected, it can be at once concluded from Figs. 100 and 101 
that the use of a new set of coils would double the output of the 
motor and that it would be poor economy in such a case to re- 
connect instead of rewinding. 

The comparisons made give a good idea of the effect upon any 
motor of changing the throw of the coil. The main value of the 
latter idea is that it is often possible when reconnecting a winding 
to assist in getting normal conditions in the winding by changing 
the throw of the coils by a slot or two in a certain direction. 



CHAPTER V 

EFFECT OF VOLTAGE ON WINDINGS AND POSSI- 
BILITY OF CONNECTING A WINDING FOR 
MORE THAN ONE VOLTAGE 

Changing the winding connections of induction motors to 
accommodate a changed voltage supply is more often considered 
and accomplished than any other winding change. As was sug- 
gested in an earUer chapter, this may arise from the purchase of 
a used motor, a change in power supply from an isolated plant to 
central-station power, the remodeUng of an old distributing sys- 
tem or in other similar ways. It was stated in Chapter IV that 
other changes, whether of phase or frequency or speed, could be 
considered as voltage changes and so worked out. This chapter 
outlines the considerations involved in the simplest form of 
voltage changes, thus estabhshing a basis for the solution of 
changes in the other characteristics. 

In changes of voltage there are two main conditions that have 
to be met if the operation of the motor is to be kept normal. The 
first is to determine whether the insulation on the winding is 
proper for the new voltage that is to be used, and the second is 
how to adjust the niunber of turns in series in the winding, so that 
there will be substantially the same voltage per turn or per coil 
in the winding as existed under the original voltage. It is as- 
sumed that there is to be no change in the frequency of the supply 
circuit, the throw of the coils, the number of poles in the winding, 
the horsepower output or the number of phases. 

Checking Insulation for New Voltage. 

In considering the insulation alone, if the new voltage is to 
be lower than the old, no further attention need be given this 
point other than to determine that the insulation is mechanically 
in good condition and clean and dry. If the new voltage is 
higher than the old, the amount of insulation must be considered, 
and if there is any question as to this, it should be settled by the 

77 

y 



78 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

insulation tests described in the foUowing, before proceeding with 
the actual work of reconnection. This may sometimes save 
work that would otherwise be lost by discovering too late that 
the insulation is inadequate for the new conditions. 

In many cases suitable facilities are not available for makmg 
either of the insulation tests described, and it is well to have some 
general information on the standard practice followed by good 
manufacturers with regard to insulation. There is an old saying 
among insulation engineers that "a winding that wiU stand any 
insulation test at all will stand 1000 volts." Like most general 
statements, this is not strictly true, perhaps, but it brings out 
the fact that the insulation for all voltages up to 750 volts is 
practically the same and is determined more by mechanical 
strength than by strictly electrical considerations. This means 
that usually a 110- or a 220-volt machine will be all right on 
440 or 550 volts provided the number of turns in the winding is 
suitable for the higher voltage. 

Sometimes the insulation for 550 volts is increased over that 
for 440, but most 440-volt insulation will stand 550 volts if in 
good condition and the operating temperature of the machine is 
reasonably cool. Voltages between 550 and 2200 are seldom 
met with commercially, and the caution which needs to be ob- 
served is that machines wound for 550 volts or below should not 
be operated on 2200 volts even if the number of turns in the coils 
could be properly arranged. However, there is no reason why 
machines built for a higher voltage should not be operated on a 
lower. The only handicap in such a case would be that the tem- 
perature would be somewhat higher, owing to the insulation 
being heavier than would be required for a machine normally 
wound for the lower voltage. In order to indicate the limits on 
different classes of insulation, the following shows broadly the 
classification followed by many manufacturers: Class I, up to 
and including 500 volts; Class II, from 500 to 1200 volts; Class 
III, from 1200 to 3500 volts; Class IV, from 3500 to 6000 volts; 
Class V, from 6600 to 8000 volts. Very few induction motors 
are built at voltages higher than 6600. 

The general statement may be made regarding these classes 
that any machine of a higher-voltage class may be operated on a 
lower voltage, but no machine in a lower class should be operated 
on a higher voltage than its own clans. 



EFFECT OF VOLTAGE ON WINDINGS 



79 



Insulation Tests. 

Where a reference to classification will not settle this matter 
or there are a number of units involved and the possibility of 
reconnection is serious, tests should be made. The insulation of 
electric machines may be tested in two ways — one measures its 
ability actually to withstand the voltage strains that occur be- 
tween the parts of the winding and the ground, and the second 
determines the condition of the insulation as to dryness and clean- 
liness. The first is called a test for dielectric strength and is 
performed by appl3dng for one minute, between the winding and 
the ground, an alternating voltage equal to twice the normal 
voltage of the circuit to which the apparatus is to be connected, 
plus 1000 volts. 1 




To Source of D.C. Power 



Windings of 
Machine whose 
lasnUtion Besistacce 
is under Test 



High-Besistance 
Yoltmeter 



Fig. 102. — Test for insulation resistance. 

The second test is called a test for insulation resistance and is 
usually made by applying a direct-current voltage of 600 volts 
between the conductors in the winding and the ground, having a 
direct-current voltmeter of high internal resistance in series with 
the insulation. Since the insulation is in series with the circuit, 
there will be practically no current flowing, but the direct- 
current voltmeter will show a slight deflection and the insulation 
resistance is measured thereby. The arrangement of this test 
is shown in Fig. 102. 

Then the insulation resistance R of the winding under test is 
given by the following equation : 

e 
where 

r = interna] resistance of the voltmeter, which must be known 

and is usually given by the maker; 
E = direct-current voltage which is used for the test; 
e = reading of the voltmeter. 

1 Standardization Rules of the Amer. Inst, of Elec. Engrs. 



80 CONNECTINO INDUCTION MOTORS 

For example, suppose the values for the test are, E = 646 volts, 

. ,. J ..^r.^ ^ m,- T. (545-6)66,000 
e = 6 volts and r = 66,000 ohms. Then R = ^^ ^ — - — 

= 6,940,000 ohms, which would indicate that theinsulation was 
in good condition. 

This test is of secondary importance as compared with the 
test for breakdown under high-voltage alternating current, since 
the insulation resistance can be considerably increased by baking, 
but this gives no real increase in the actual abiUty to withstand 
voltage strains. Commenting on these two tests, the standard- 
ization rules of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers 
says: ''The insulation resistance of a machine at its operating 
temperature shall be not less than that given by the following 
formula: 

Insulation resistance in megohms = 
Normal terminal voltage 

Raied capacity in kv.-a. + lOOO' 

a megohm being 1,000,000 ohms and the sjrmbol kv.-a. or kilo- 
volt-amperes being the voltage of the machine times the full- 
load current, times 1.73 if three-phase, or times 2 if two-phase. 
A general rule is that machines up to 1000 volts should show 
somewhere near a megohm. The Institute rules say further: 
"It should be noted that the insulation resistance of machinery 
is of doubtful significance by comparison with the dielectric 
strength. The insulation resistance is subject to wide variation 
with temperature, humidity and cleanliness of the parts. When 
the insulation resistance falls below that corresponding to the 
foregoing rule, it can, in most cases of good design and where no 
defect exists, be brought up to the required standard by cleaning 
and drjring out the machine. The insulation resistance test may 
therefore afford a useful indication as to whether the machine 
is in suitable condition for the application of the dielectric test.'' 
These two tests indicate a method of settling any doubt as to 
whether the insulation on a machine is suitable for a new voltage 
higher than the old. The method of procedure would be to see 
that the windings were clean and dry and free from grounds, the 
latter point to be determined in the usual way with a 110-volt 
lighting circuit or by ''ringing out'' with a magneto. If the 
winding shows clear of grounds the insulation resistance should be 
measured with any convenient source of direct-current supply, 



EFFECT OF VOLTAGE ON WINDINGS 



81 



preferably 500 volts. If the insulation resistance is up to or 
beyond the value specified by the A. I. E. E. formula, the winding 
may be given the further dielectric or breakdown test for one 
minute with high-voltage alternating current provided a suitable 
small testing transformer is available. In making this test great 
care should be used in handling the high voltage to guard against 
personal injury and also a suitable circuit-breaker should be in 
circuit which will open if the insulation breaks down. 

Volts per Turn. 

Assuming that the question of the adequacy of the insulation 
is settled, the second main consideration in all voltage changes 
may be taken up. This is the question of rearranging the coils or 
coil groups in the windings so that the voltage on each coil under 

|< no Volts •--■^ ---no Vo/fs--->^--.-//0 Volfs-->r^--—JIO \/(7//5-->j 



m5^ 



\ 



440 Volts— -H 



Fig. 103. — Four 110 volt coils connected in series across 440 volts. 




< llOVolis ->i< --no Volts --■■>\ 

U - 220 Volts 



Fig. 104. — Same coils connected 
two in series in two parallels across 
220 volts. 



<---IIO Volts— > 

Fig. 105. — Same coils con- 
nected four in parallel across 
110 volts. 



the i^ew conditions may be substantially the same as under the 
original. In this regard an induction motor is similar to a trans- 
former. It is designed originally for a certain voltage across 
each coil or group of coils. These coils or groups may be ar- 
ranged in series or in various parallels to accommodate different 
line voltages, and so long as the voltage across each coil remains 
at the figure originally calculated, the operation of the motor will 
be normal in all respects. This can be shown graphically as in 
Figs. 103 to 105. In these figures A-B represents one phase of a 
two-phase, 4-pole winding. It will be seen that the voltage 
across one pole-phase group, or X-Y, is 110 volts at all times. 
When the motor is connected for 440 volts. Fig. 103, all four 
pole-phase groups are in series. When the line is 220 volts, 
there are two parallels with two pole-phase groups in series in 

6 



82 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

each parallel, Fig. 104. When the line voltage is 110 volta, all 
four pole-phase groups are in parallel and each group is across 
the line, Fig. 105, since each group has within itself the proper 



Fio. 106, — Four-pola, w 



lo. 107, — Foui^pole, t 



Fio. 108. — Four-pole, four parallela, 
— Different sroupinsB of a two-phue, fouc-pole winding. 



number of turns for 110 volts. Figs. 106, 107 and 108 show a 
24-coil four-pole two-phase winding connected in series, 2 par- 
allels and 4 parallels respectively, as shown schematically in Figs, 



EFFECT OF VOLTAGE ON WINDINGS 



84 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



103, 104 and 106 respectively. If the connection, Fig. 106, is to 
operate on 440 volts, for 220 volts the winding will be connected 
as in Fig. 107 and for 110 volts as in Fig. 108. 

The foregoing is very simple and is all that need be borne in 
mind for changes of this nature. One caution needs to be ob- 
served, and that is to handle the pole-phase groups as units and 
not attempt to split them in the middle again — to make 8 par- 
allels, for example, for a 55-volt connection. Such attempts re- 
sult in improper connections as will be pointed out in Chapter 
IX Fig. 140. If the number of poles is divisible by 3 or 6 or 
7 corresponding numbers of parallels may be made, which is often 
convenient. 

For example, .if a three-phase six-pole 2200-volt motor is to. 
be reconnected for 440 volts, it may be connected 3 parallel delta. 




Fig. 111. Fig. 112. 

FiGB. Ill and 112. — Equivalent voltage for star and delta connection. 



Fig. 110, and would give 423 volts, if it had been connected series 

2200 
star, as in Fig. 109, on 2200 volts. The quotient of q^~i 70 = 

423; the 3 comes from the 3 parallels and the 1.73 is due to chang- 
ing from star to delta. The latter change is one of the advantages 
or points of greater flexibility of three-phase over two-phase. 
This is illustrated in Figs. Ill and 112. The ''star" diagram 
shows the winding connected for a line voltage of 440. The 
voltage which then exists between any lead and the star point is 
254 volts, as shown on the B phase. Since this is true, the wind- 
ing can be connected in delta as shown in Fig. 112, and operated 
on a line voltage of 254. This change is sometimes made to 
operate a 440-volt motor on 220 volts, but since 254 volts is 



EFFECT OF VOLTAGE ON WINDINGS 



85 



normal, the delta-connected winding will compare with the star 

220 
winding as though operated on ^cT of normal voltage, or 87 per 

cent. Many motors have sufficient margin to stand this reduc- 
tion, but the copper heating will be ^i as great and the starting 
and maximum torques only ^ as great as on the winding con- 
nected in star and run on 440 volts. 

Changes of this nature can be summed up in convenient form 
as in Tables II and III for three-phase and two-phase motors 
respectively. // a motor connected originally as shown in any 
horizontal column has a voUage of 100, its voltage when recon- 
nected, as indicated in any vertical column is shown at the inter- 
section of the two columns. 



Table II. — ^Comparison of Motor Voltages 

PHASE Connections 


WITH Various 


Three- 




aa 
1 


Si 

1 

04 


1 

0, 
n 


1 

1 

25 

50 

76 

100 

125 

150 

43 

87 

130 

173 

216 

260 


5 

1 

A 


1 

1 


1 

8 


1 

0. 


•d 
% 

Ok 
eo 


1 

1 


1 
1 


1 

1 

to 


Series star 


100 
200 
300 
400 
500 
600 
173 
346 
619 
692 
865 
1038 


50 
100 
150 
200 
250 
300 

86 
173 
259 
346 
433 
619 


33 
67 
100 
133 
167 
200 
58 
115 
173 
231 
288 
346 


20 

40 

60 

80 

100 

120 

35 

69 

104 

138 

173 

208 


17 

33 

60 

67 

83 

100 

29 

58 

87 

115 

144 

173 


58 
116 
173 
232 
289 
346 
100 
200 
300 
400 
500 
600 


29 

58 

87 

116 

144 

173 

50 

100 

150 

200 

250 

300 


19 

39 

58 

77 

96 

115 

33 

67 

100 

133 

167 

200 


15 

29 

43 

58 

72 

87 

25 

50 

75 

100 

126 

150 


12 
23 
35 
46 
58 
69 
20 
40 
60 
80 
100 
120 


10 


2 parallel star 


19 


3 parallel star 


29 


4 parallel star 


39 


5 parallel star 


48 


6 parallel star 


58 


Series delta 


17 


2 parallel delta 


33 


3 parallel delta 


50 


4 parallel delta 


67 


6 parallel delta 


83 


6 parallel delta 


100 


1 





Table III. — Comparison op Motor Voltages with Various Two- 
phase Connections 



S 

•c 

(2 






CO 



iO 



•a 

•S 
A 



Series — 

2 parallel 

3 parallel 

4 parallel 

5 parallel 

6 parallel 



100 
200 
300 
400 
500 
600 



'\ 



50 
100 
150 
200 
250 
300 



33 
67 
100 
133 
167 
200 



25 

50 

.75 

100 

125 

150 



20 
40 
60 
80 
100 
120 



17 
33 
50 
67 
83 
100 



86 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

General Tables Covering All Voltage Connections. 

The figures in the tables should be considered as percentages or 
comparative values rather than actual voltages. For example, 
in the case just cited, of the 2200-volt motor to be reconnected for 
440 volts, assume that an inspection of the existing winding con- 
nection shows it to be series star. Since 440 is 20 per cent, of 2200, 
the problem resolves itself into how a series-star connection may be 
changed so that the resulting voltage will be 20 per cent, of its value. 
Looking at Tablell, locate the horizontal line reading ''series star,'' 
or the existing connection. Since 20 per cent, is required, read 
along the same horizontal line till the figure 20 is reached. This 
is found under the vertical heading "5 parallel star." In other 
words, if the number of poles is divisible by 6, the winding can be 
put in 5 parallels and operated on 440 volts, since 2200 -^ 6 = 
440. Since six poles were assumed, the number of poles is not di- 
visible by 6 and a 6-parallel connection is not possible. A further 
search across the table shows the figure 19 under the vertical 
heading "3 parallel delta"; 19 per cent, of 2200 is 418, which is 
95 per cent, of 440. This varies from the figure 423 previously 
mentioned, for the reason that the table is made to the nearest 

whole number and ^ ^ i 70 = 19-2 per cent. It will be near 

enough right to reconnect in 3 parallel delta and operate on 440 
volts. Similar problems can thus be solved by inspection, mak- 
ing such a table a very convenient reference. In Chapter VI 
this table will be elaborated and combined with changes in phase 
also, thus covering a large percentage of the possible changes 
in windings at a glance. 



CHAPTER VI 

HOW THE NUMBER OF PHASES AFFECTS THE WIND- 
INGS AND THE RESULT OF CHANGING VOLTAGE AND 

PHASE AT THE SAME TIME 

It was shown in Chapter V that changes in voltage of the 
supply circuit can be taken care of with comparative ease and 
simplicity by the proper changes in connection of the motor wind- 
ings, provided that the maximum number of turns which can be 
placed in series in the coils is equal to or greater than the number 
required under the new conditions. For example, a 220-volt 
motor may be reconnected for 440 volts, provided the windings 
can be so arranged that there will be twice as many turns in 
series between the terminals of each phase as there were with the 
original connection. These changes, when possible, offer no 
particular difficulty. 

On the other hand, changes in the number of phases of the 
supply circuit are usually difficult to accommodate by changes in 
the motor connections and many times when they can be ac- 
complished are attended with a loss in capacity of the motor or a 
serious reduction in the excellence of the motor's performance as 
regards torque, heating, power factor and efficiency. 

Changes in Phase. 

By far the commonest change of this nature is changing from 
two-phase to three-phase and vice versa. Of the two changes, that 
from two-phase to three-phase can more often be taken care of 
for the reason that a normal two-ph^-se motor has approximately 
25 per cent, more turns in series in its windings than a three- 
phase motor of the same characteristics. Thus it is usually 
possible to cut out 20 per cent, of the turns in a two-phase wind- 
ing, leaving them dead, and have left the proper number of turns 
for the corresponding three-phase winding. However, in going 
from three-phase to two-phase a corresponding increase of 25 
per cent, of the total number of turns in series is required; and 
if the three-phase winding as it stood had all the turns in series, 

87 



88 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



any further increase is not possible and a set of new two-phase 
coils will be required. 

There are three methods of reconnecting from two-phase to 
three-phase, which are here given in the order of their desirability: 
(1) Twenty per cent, of the coils are cut out and left dead and the 
motor operated on 80 per cent, of the two-phase turns; (2) the 
number of coils is not changed, and the coils are reconnected 
according to the proper diagram; (3) a "T" or Scott two-phase 
to three-phase connection is used. 



Ai Az 




Fig. 113. — Normal two-phase, six-pole series connection, nine coils per group. 

None of these is ideal, and in general it is a good investment to 
rewind the motor with proper three-phase coils. In the first 

method it must be borne in mind that the full-load current of a 

2 
three-phase motor is ^-y^ or about 115 per cent, of the current 

in a two-phase motor. This means that for the same heating the 
horsepower output when reconnected for three-phase can only 
be in the neighborhood of 87 per cent, of what it was on two- 
phase. This loss of 13 per cent, of the horsepower when capital- 
ized in the proper manner will be found to pay a high rate of 



HOW NUMBER OF PHASES AFFECTS WINDINGS 



89 



interest on the money that would be invested in a new set of 
coils for normal three-phase operation which would give the 
same horsepower output a^ the original two-phase windmg. 

Another way of arriving at the foregoing conclusion is as fol- 
lows: If one-sixth of the two-phase coils are to be cut out of cir- 
cuit and left dead, as shown in Fig. 114, the amount of active 
copper is reduced by the same percentage; and it might be ex- 
pected that the horsepower output would be similarly reduced, 
which is the case. This method of reconnecting from two-phase 



.C A 




Fio. 114. — Winding of Fig. 113 reconneoted for three-phase by leaving "dead 

coils. 



to three-phase is shown in Figs. 113 and 114. Fig. 113 shows a 

winding with 108 coils connected in series for two-phase and six 

108 
poles. There are 2 X 6 = 12 pole-phase groups and -j^ = 9 

coils in each group. As already stated, if this winding is to be 
reconnected for three-phase, six poles, there should be only 80 per 
cent, as many coils in series in the winding, or 0.80 X 108 = 86.4 
coils. 
Since there are to be 3 X 6 = 18 pole-phase groups in the new 



90 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

connection, there should be the same number of coils in each 
group; the nearest integer is 6, and 6 X 18 = 90 coils, which will 
be used instead of 86.4, which is theoretically correct. This 

leaves 108 — 90 = 18 coils dead, or 1 dead coil in each group, as 

90 
shown in Fig. 114. Since yqo = 0.833, then 83.3 per cent, of 

the coils are active instead of 80 per cent., and this will have the 

eflfectof operating a three-phase motor on ^;5^«> or 96 per cent. 

of normal voltage, as compared with the two-phase motor. The 
starting and maximum torques of the three-phase motor will be 



/8oy^ 

\83.3/ 



about ( oQ o ) ~ ^2 P®^ ^®^*- ^^ *^®^ value on a two-phase 

connection; but this is sufficiently close for all practical purposes, 
especially as the horsepower rating will have to be reduced 13 
per cent., as stated above, if the original maximum heating in the 
stator coils is not to be exceeded. A comparison of Figs. 113 
and 114 indicates that the position of the coils, which are specially 
insulated to stand the voltage between phases, will have to be 
changed. This was mentioned in the Chapter IV under "phase 
insulation." 

A consideration of the fact that there are 18 dead coils in the 
three-phase windmg which are active on the two-phase con- 
nection suggests at once that 'if the reconnection was attempted 
from three-phase to two-phase there might in many cases be in- 
sufficient coils to put in series for the two-phase connection. If 
the coils are regrouped for two-phase and run on the same volt- 
age, the motor shows all the signs of a machine operating on 
25 per cent, overvoltage and may even overheat when running 
light and not connected to any load whatever. On the other 
hand, if a two-phase winding is regrouped and operated three- 
phase on the same voltage without cutting out any coils, as ex- 
plained in connection with Fig. 114, the three-phase motor shows 
all the effects of a motor operating on 80 per cent, of normal 
voltage; that is, the starting and maximum torques will be con- 
siderably reduced and the heating increased. These two latter 
conditions are covered by the second method of reconnecting 
Usted in the foregoing— namely, changing the grouping and con- 
nections properly, but neglecting the change in the total number 
of coils in series. 

The third method occasionally employed is that of making a 



HOW NUMBER OF PHASES AFFECTS WINDINGS 91 

"T" connection of the two-phase windings or a Scott connection 
inside the motor and operating the resulting winding on a three- 
phase circuit. This should not be confused with the use of Scott 
connected transformers for changing from two-phase to three- 
phase or vice versa. The latter may be an excellent solution in 
many cases where there are several motors affected by the change 
in phase. Let us assimae, for example, that a user of motors has 
15 machines of various sizes from 1 to 60 hp., which have been 
operating from his own steam-driven plant at two-phase, 220 
volts. He decides to purchase power from a neighboring dis- 
tribution system at three-phase, 220 volts. It is a matter of 
considerable expense to rewind all the motors for three-phase, 
and if simply reconnected the losses on the rated capacity are as 
previously suggested. In addition, it is desired to hold the old 
generating plant as a stand-by, in case of interruption to the 
purchased service. All these results can be secured by putting 
in transformers equivalent to 50 or 60 per cent, of the capacity 
of motors installed and by means of a Scott connection on the 
transformers operate the two-phase motors from the three-phase 
supply in a perfectly normal manner. This is one very neat 
solution for a problem in reconnecting induction motors which 
does not involve any reconnection whatever. 

On the other hand, assume that in the same plant the generat- 
ing system has broken down and, in the emergency, power can 
be purchased from the same neighboring power line at three- 
phase. There is no time to secure transformers, and there is no 
time to secure three-phase coils for the motors — ^it then becomes 
essential to make some kind of reconnection so that the two-phase 
motors will operate on three-phases. One of the possibilities in 
such a case is a Scott connection inside the motor winding itself. 
This is shown in Chapter IX and Fig. 115. 

Table IV shows comparative performances of a two-phase 
motor reconnected for operation on three-phase by a "T" con- 
nection and the performance of the same motor when supplied 
with new three-phase coils and connected in a normal three- 
phase manner. 

In order to make this connection clear. Fig. 116 shows the 
windings on the motor connected for two-phase, and Fig. 117 
the motor as reconnected with a "T" connection, corresponding 
to the schematic diagram. Fig. 115. 



92 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



Table IV. — Compabison op a Two-phasb Motob Connbctbo "T" to 
Opebatb on Three-phasb with Normal Thbee-phabe Winding 





Normal 

two-phase 

winoing 


Thiee^phaie 
oonneetion 


Normal 

three-phase 

winoing 


Full-load efficiency 

Pull-load power factor 

Starting torque 


88.0 
89.0 
1.75 
3.3 

22.5 
20.0 
22.0 


86.9 
84.8 
1.20 
3.17 

32.0 
32.5 
30.0 


88.5 
90.0 
1.94 


Mft^iTn^jin to''n!ie 


3.3 


Deg. C. Rise at Full Load : 
Stator copper 


21.0 


Stator iron 


19.0 


Rotor copper 


22.0 




f 





8 Coils 



8 



8 



8 






TCoils 

►T Coi'/s removetf from Circu/f 
U. KX) 



Jt^ jr 



^\ 



V 



I 



86 



\ie £ )-dy 



4/ 



60" / 

W 
I 

/ 

/ 
/ 
/ 



^B 



'B2 

Fia. 115. — Sohematio diagram of "Tee" connection. 

The principle of the Scott connection is well understood and 
explains the reason for omitting the coils in one leg, as indicated. 
It may be of interest, however, to consider what would happen 
if these coils were not omitted. This is indicated in the voltage 
diagram. Fig. 118; BD represents the voltage generated in the 
phase B\B\ of Fig. 115, by the rotation of the magnetic field 
and AC the voltage generated in the phase A\A^, The result is 



HOW NUMBER OF PHASES AFFECTS WINDINGS 



93 



three perfectly balanced voltages, AB, BC and CA, which cor- 
respond to the voltage of the line in the three phases and allow 
normal operation. If the coils had not been cut out of the B 
phase, as shown in Fig. 116, the voltage generated in that phase 
by the rotating magnetic field would have been the same in 
value as that in the A phase and would be represented by DE in 
Fig. 118. The voltages AE and EC would then be represented by 




Fig. 116. — Normal two-phase, six-pole, series connection, eight coils per group. 



Ill, while CA would be 100. This would be equivalent to having 
one alternating-current generator representing the lines with 
balanced voltages of 100 each, or AB, BC and CA connected in 
parallel with another, alternating-current generator representing 
the motor windings and having unbalanced voltages, AE, EC 
and CA of 111, 111 and 100 respectively. The result of this 
would be a component BE equal to 14, which would spend itself 
driving useless wattless currents through the motor windings 
in an effort to balance properly the voltages and make them equal 
to AB, BC and CA, The immediate result of this useless cur- 



94 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

rent would be to increase the heating of the machine and de- 
crease its torque and efficiency and power factor. 

It is characteristic of an induction motor that it always makes 
this attempt to balance by circulation of wattless current any 
eccentricities either existing in its own windings or in the circuit 
to which it is connected. At times when such eccentricities exist 
in the stator winding, there will be wattless currents Sowing in 
the rotor winding trying to correct them through the medium, 



always, of the rotating magnetic field. At other times when a 
power circuit of relatively large power is somewhat unbalanced 
and is connected to an induction motor, the motor will take upon 
itself the burden of correcting the dissymmetry of the entire line 
with disastrous results to the motor from overheat due to exces- 
sive corrective currents, although the motor may have been 
running idle at the- time and developing no actual power. 
This explains why the coils are cut out of one phase, as shown 
in Fig. 115. 



HOW NUMBER OF PHASES AFFECTS WINDINGS 



95 



Poor Results of the "T" Connection. 

The reason for the comparatively poor results on the "T'' 
connection, as shown in Table IV is that the motor was con- 
nected as shown in Fig. 117. The result of this connection, 
if the air gap was not absolutely the same all around the rotor, 
would be to make AD and DC in Fig. 118 unequal; and a voltage 
diagram, as shown in Fig. 119, might result. When the voltage 
triangle A'B'C of Fig. 119 is connected in parallel with the 
symmetrical line triangle represented by ABC in Fig. 118, the 
result is that corrective current will flow and these corrective cur- 
rents pull down the performance, as shown in the table. A much 
better connection is the one shown in Fig. 120, since this will have 
a tendency to keep the point D in Fig. 118 in the middle of the 
side AC and not let it be moved to one side, as in Fig. 119. 

A comparison of Figs. 117 and 120 shows that in Fig. 117 the 
half legs AiBi and B1A2 of the A-phase, represented by AD and 




FiO. 118. — Voltage diagram 
for Fig. 117. 



Fio. 119. — Effect on voltages 
of uneven air gap. 



DC, Fig. 118, each contain both north and south polar groups, 
while in Fig. 120 the half leg AiB^ represented by AD, Fig. 118, 
contains only north poles and B1A2 only south poles. The result 
of this is that if the rotor is displaced slightly in the stator bore 
from any cause, when the motor is connected as in Fig. 117, it 
may narrow the air gap opposite to B1A2 and widen it opposite to 
AiBij which means the field will be stronger opposite -81^4.2. 
Consequently, the voltage generated in this section will be greater, 
as represented by D'C in Fig. 119. However, when connected 
as in Fig. 120, no matter if the rotor is near the stator at some 
point, it cannot affect any north pole without affecting the 
corresponding south pole, since all the lines of force that start 
out from a north pole must return through a south pole. Since 



96 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



the legaAiBi and BiAt are so arranged that one has all the north 
poles and the other all the south poles, this means that they will 
be affected exactly alike by any displacement of the rotor, and 
the voltage in the two sections will be maintained equal as 
represented by the lines AD and DC in Fig. 118. Therefore, 
in connecting a two-phase motor in ''T" for operation on three- 
phase a diagram similar to Fig. 120 should be used, in which case 
the three-phase results will be much more favorable than shown 
in the table. 

The statement has been made above that the winding of a 
normal two-phase motor has approximately 25 per cent, more 



AgA, 




Fig. 120. — Preferable connection to Fig. 117 so-called "top to top" connection. 

turns in series than the corresponding three-phase motor. This 
is, of course, true only if the turns are all in series in either case 
and the three-phase motor is arranged for connection in series 
star. If the three-phase motor under consideration is connected 
delta instead of star, it should be thought of as a star-connected 
motor at a corresponding voltage before reducing it to terms of a 
two-phase winding. For example, if a motor is connected series 
delta for operation on 220 volts, it could be reconnected series 
star and operated on 1.73 X 220 = 381 volts; or connected for 



HOW NUMBER OF PHASES AFFECTS WINDINGS 97 

two-phase, it would be suitable for approximately 80 per cent, 
of 381 volts, or 305 volts. It will thus be seen that a delta-con- 
nected three-phase motor when reconnected for two-phase has 
about 38 per cent, more turns in series than are actually required, 
and this condition will have to be balanced up by some one of 
the various schemes suggested. 

In general, manufacturers prefer a star to a delta connection, 
for the reason that the delta connection requires 1.73 times as 
many turns for the same operating voltage and these turns are 
of a correspondingly smaller-sized wire. The greater number of 
turns of smaller wire is an objectionable condition for several 
reasons, among which may be mentioned that more space is oc- 
cupied in the slots by insulation, leaving less for copper; the coils 
mechanically are less rigid and self-supporting; the smaller-sized 
wire costs more per pound and the same number of pounds are 
required; and it is more expensive to wind a coil with a greater 
number of turns. For these reasons, if there is no other good rea- 
son to the contrary, a three-phase wmding is apt to be arranged 
for star connection. 

It often happens that in changing the winding of a motor to 
accommodate a change in the number of phases, it is necessary 
to arrange for a change in the operating voltage at the same time; 
as for example, changing a three-phase 440-volt winding to 
operate on two-phase 220 volts. Reference was made above to 
the fact that on a given winding the normal three-phase voltage 
would be 125 per cent, of the normal two-phase voltage. Ex- 
pressing the same condition in another way, if two motors that 
are otherwise identical are made to operate on the same voltage 
except that one is two-phase and the other is three-phase, the 
three-phase winding will have only about 80 per cent, of the 
number of turns in series that are necessary in the two-phase 
winding. The foregoing is on the assmnption that the three- 
phase winding is star-connected, which is usually the case. This 
fact permits one very convenient reconnection of this nature; 
namely, the one where a two-phase 440-volt winding is to be 
reconnected for three-phase 650 volts or vice versa. 

Since 440 is 80 per cent, of 550, the niunber of turns in series is 
exactly right for either the two-phase or the three-phase com- 
bination, and the only thing that has to be done is to regroup the 
coils for the proper number of pole-phase groups, which in a 
three-phase motor is 50 per cent, greater than in a two-phase, 

7 



98 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

and to shift the so-called "phase coils" or coils with heavier in- 
sulation to their proper positions at the beginning and end of 
each pole-phase group. Other combinations of change of phase 
and voltage are met with, and it is useful to make up a table such 
as Table V, which indicates at a glance the possible changes 
between two- and three-phase, star and delta, series, 2, 3, 4, 6 
and 6 parallels. 

Phase Changes and Voltage Changes Combined. 

This table is a combination of the two given in Chapter V under 
voltage changes and shows the combination of phases as well. 
The manner of using this table has been explained under voltage 
changes, but further examples will be given here showing the way 
to apply it, since it gives a ready answer to practically any ques- 
tions that may be asked regarding the possibiUty of changing 
windings when a change of voltage or phase or a combination of 
the two is involved. It will be noticed that the table as ar- 
ranged is really given in percentages. That is to say, the original 
connection on the motor is called 100 or assumed to be good for a 
normal voltage of 100, and then if the winding is assumed as 
reconnected in some other way, the normal voltage on which the 
reconnected motor should be operated is shown at the intersection 
of the horizontal and vertical columns. 

Take, for example, a motor which was originally connected 
three-phase 2 parallel delta. Following across this horizontal 
Une, the number 100 is found under the vertical heading that 
also reads "three-phase 2 parallel delta," or, in other words, 
when a motor is normally connected for three-phase 2 parallel 
delta and is operated as three-phase 2 parallel delta, it is being 
operated at 100 per cent., or exactly as the designer intended it 
should be operated. Suppose, however, that the winding is 
reconnected two-phase series, the question at once arises upon 
what voltage the motor should be operated to give normal opera- 
tion. Following the same horizontal column, "three-phase 2 
parallel delta" (since that is the original connection) across until 
it intersects the vertical column marked "two-phase series," 
the number 280 appears at the intersection of the two columns. 
In other words, if the three-phase 2 parallel delta-connected wind- 
ing is regrouped and reconnected two-phase series it must be 
operated on a voltage 280 per cent, of the original voltage for 
which it was designed. 



HOW NUMBER OF PHASES AFFECTS WINDINGS 99 





>» 




a 




eS 




a 




'W4 




•d 




v 




•4J 




cs 




o 




^ 




d 




•r4 




OD 




eS 


nf) 


* 


» 


1? 


cc 


•M 


< 


a 


PL< 


§ 


Q 




^ 


u 


< 


g 


CD 


4:1 


o 


& 


H 


5 


u 






g 


? 


;s 


O 




O 


8 


oo 


iH 


p 


•s 


O 







5 


> 




> 



°Q OS 

- a 

eS 3 



o 
> 



o 



IS 



o 

QQ 

PL O O 

*^ « £ 

3 S:; 






•♦a ^ 

§5 
^1 

•1 



, 989qd-OMX 



08Bqd-OiiX 



08«qd-OiiX 



8l8IX«<I9d g 

98«qd-OMX 



8iaxiwBd z 
e8Bqd-Oiix 



8aLI98 

e8eqd-bMX 



B^iap lanBJvd 9 
d8sqd-oajqx 



a8«qd-a9iqx 



08«qd-9axqx 



e)[9p |9ii«j«d s 
98«qd*99jqx 



98eqd-99jqx 



V%l9p 89U98 

98«qd-99jqx 



j«)8 i9ixej«d 9 
98«qd-99iqx 



iB!^8 [9nm«d 9 
98Bqd-99jqx 



J9:^8 |9nBJ«d ^ 

98«qd-99jqx 

j«^8 i9n«<itid g 

98«qd-99xqx 



JB;8 I9nVJ«d z 
98Bqd-99jqX 



IV^B 89U98 

98«qd-99jqx 



d 

o 

■** 

V 

a> 
d 
d 
o 



a 

il 
o 



Tjit*THTt<00T-<C0t*OC0t>-Ot<-C0Ot^THQ 



tHC0tHOQ005CQ»O00»-<'«^«0CM'^«000OC^ 



c^ 



00000>00»00»00»OQ»OQ»OQ 



t^'*THoo»oc<it^'^THOOcoOcoi>-oeot>. 

C^»O00OC0C0TH0iTH00C000C0OOC0C0 



tH »-< c^ C^ 



1-1 l-H 1-1 Ol 



^^C^COCvDCOPOOOgOgOgggg 






1-1 1-t C^ CQ CO 



»HC^CO'^»OCOOOOQ 

rH^CO'55'^1-^^ TfitQt^Q0TH<NCOTlH 



o 



000 




oo>050iooQOt*cooi>ccoc^Tjii^c5»:jc^ 

^Scs|CO^>3t-hcOIO«OOOOtH(NCO^«>I> 



CqcO^OCOQOOiOOOOQO^OO^'^ClQCOt^ 
rH^C0'^>3c0C^^S00O<Ni-lC<l'^25l>00 



iOOCOOOC^t*»00»OOiOOOOl^»OCOT-| 



OiOiOOt^cO»OCOI>OeOts.O;^OC05;-g^ 
»-iC0i0t^0i»-iC0?0OC0c0OC^'«;Ht^0iC<lTt< 

tH 1-1 rH 1-1 C^ tH tH 



OiOOl^CO"^COOOQOQOl^COTHQO«5t* 

SSS»=J^b-»ooB5ogocot-»-H^2S 

tHtHtH i-I»HC<1C^C0 t-Ht-H»HC>1 



ScOCOC<IOiOOOOOOOC^TjiOQOOCO 
TSKcoS^OOOOQOt-^jHOOOCO 
»H 1-1 C^ C^ COi-lC^CQ'^g5gO tHC^C^ COj^ 



t*coot>.ccooioot^'^"^coi-ic^co:^i2i2 
THco40«>o6o?i>ooo'-<'*t^<N^cooboc<i 

,-1 1— I ,-H iFi !^.!^ 



CQ ^ 



OOOO»O05'^00C000i0O^OQ»0Q 

cooooc5cooocot^oc<i»ot^oc^>o 

1-1 T-H tH tH rH C5 1—1 1-1 1-1 



10 Q "3 



CQ 



10 o 



COt<-OCOOOi-HCOTjiiOcOOO 



cot>.ocot>»ooo»oco»-<oo'3bc^'^>ot<-goQ 
coSococoo>STHr:cooo^'^ooc^«>0"5 

'"'^Zj^i-lC^ ^^C4(NCO ^ -H (N <N 



OOOOOOc0C00iCpC00iC0»000QC0»0 

»ooSoS5oooi>»o^coTH<©c^oo>oi-it^ 

^i-i(NC^CO tHC^COtJ^ to 1-1 1-1 C^ CO CO 



OOOQQOCOCOOi 
OOOOOQI>;3JjH 
»-iC^C0rJ<40OTHC0»0 



10 00 kO Q ^ 

CO CO CQ 35 t^ 

00 O »H CQ CO 




»H ^ H H H 

03 49 03 03 m 

.«J> ^^ ^^ ^^ ^^ 

QQ OQ QQ QQ QQ 



08 08 ^ 



c8 $ 



^5 ^ f^ :+5 "^ 



00 ic3 '^ 



o 



OP 



o 



M — — — •♦^ 1—^ I— ^ 



a> 



+3 

GQ 



000 

08 o3 oS 
o3 o3 d 

P« P« P4 

CO ^ »o 



OP ^ OP 

ill 

CO GQ C^ 



.^ g s 



OJ « 

ft p* 

CO "^ 



o> ^ 

ft ^ 

CO 




OQ 

s 

OQ 



BQ BQ OQ OQ OQ 

08 o3 08 ^ ^ 

08 08 08 08 08 

ft ft ft ft ft 

W CO Tj< ip CO 



O O O <D 4) 

JQn QQ Qn QQ QQ 
m w 03 03 08 
^ ^ A JS Xi 
pl« ft pi ft ft ft 

000 



O O O - 



^^ 






• *<* . 

* * <* 



100 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

The reason these values are given in percentages instead of 
actual voltages is to make the table more flexible and of wider 
application. The percentages, however, can be very simply 
changed to voltages by using them as a multipUer. Applying 
this to the case just used as an example, assume that the voltage 
on which the original motor operated was 220. This then repre- 
sents the 100 per cent, which was called "three-phase 2 parallel 
delta." When changed to two-phase series, it has been shown 
that a voltage of 280 per cent, would be required. From this it 
follows at once that the new operating voltage for the motor when 
reconnected two-phase series must be 280 per cent, of 220 volts, 
or 2.8 X 220 = 616 volts. 

As another example of appl3ning the table take a case where a 
four-pole motor connected two-phase 2 parallels, as in Fig. 121, and 
operated on 220 volts is to be changed, if possible, for operation 
on a three-phase 550-volt circuit and it is desired to know what 
particular kind of a three-phase connection on the winding will 
give normal operation when the motor is run on 550 volts. In 
this case the horizontal line two-phase 2 parallels represents 100 
per cent. If the original voltage was 220 and that was 100 per 
cent., the new voltage 550 must be 250 per cent., since it is 2.5 
times 220. To find the proper form of three-phase connection, 
follow the horizontal column "two-phase 2 parallels" (since 
that was the original connection) across until it shows the value 
250 under some vertical column which is headed "three-phase." 
This is seen to be the first vertical column, marked "three-phase 
series star." From this the conclusion is at once correctly drawn 
that if a motor is connected two-phase 2 parallels and run on 220 
volts and it is reconnected to three-phase series star, it will be 
suitable for operating normally on a three-phase 550-volt circuit. 
It is assumed, of course, in this problem that the number of poles 
and the frequency and horsepower remain the same on the new 
circuit as on the old, the only difference being that the old circuit 
was two-phase 220 volts and the new circuit three-phase 550 
volts. The changed connection is shown in Fig. 122. 

To illustrate further the use of the table, assume that an eight- 
pole motor is connected series star, as in Fig. 123, and operated 
on a three-phase 2200-volt circuit, what form of reconnection 
would make it suitable for operation on a two-phase 440-volt 
circuit? In this case "series star" is 100 per cent, in the hori- 
zontal column and 100 per cent, equals 2200 volts. The desired 



HOW NUMUEn OF PHASES AFFECTS WINDINGS 101 



102 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

voltage is 440, which equals }^i or 20 per cent, of 2200. Follow- 
ing the ''three-phase series star" horizontal column across to the 
value 20, it is found first under "three-phase 6 parallels," but 
this is discarded since a two-phase connection is wanted; further- 
more, an eight-pole winding cannot be connected in 5 parallels. 
The value 20 is seen the second time under the vertical column 
marked "two phase, 4 parallels." If the number of poles is 
divisible by 4, as in this case, the winding can be put in 4 paral- 
lels, therefore the conclusion is reached that this is the desired 
connection, or in other words, if a three-phase motor is connected 
series-star and operated on 2200 volts and is reconnected to 
two-phase 4 parallels, it will be suitable for operation on 440 
volts. This connection is shown in Fig. 124. Again, assume 
that the motor has only six poles, as in Fig. 109, and it is to be 
changed from three-phase 2200 volts to three-phase 440 volts. 
In this case 2200 volts is again 100 per cent, and 440 volts is 20 
per cent. Following the horizontal column marked "three- 
phase series star" the value 20 is found under ''three- 
phase 5 parallel star," meaning that if the winding could be put 

2200 
in 5 parallels it would be good for 440 volts, since — r— = 440. 

However, a six-pole winding cannot be connected in 5 parallels 
and the horizontal column is followed farther. There is not 
another 20 under the three-phase vertical columns, but there is a 
19, which is nearly right, under "three-phase 3 parallel delta." 
Since a six-pole winding can be arranged in 3 parallel delta, as 
in Fig. 1 10, this is the connection desired, and the normal operating 
voltage will be 19 per cent, of 2200 = 418, which is near enough 
to operate satisfactorily on a 440-volt circuit. 

From these scattered examples it can be seen that the table is 
of wide application and answers two types of questions. The 
first of these is what will be the new operating normal voltage if 
a winding is reconnected in a certain way, and the second is, 
what will be the form of the connection to get a new operating 
voltage which is desired. Indirectly, the table answers the ques- 
tion of whether it is at all possible to get the desired combination 
of changes without new coils, and if not exactly possible, what 
degree of approximation may be obtained by means of the work- 
ing combination utilized. 

In the case of woimd-rotor machines it may be noted that 
changing either the phase or voltage of the stator has no effect 









HOW NUMBER OF PHASES AFFECTS WINDINQS 103 



i I 



104 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

on the rotor winding as long as the table shows that the recon- 
nection gives exactly the right conditions. The reason for this 
is that the real magnetic rotating field is neither two-phase nor 
three-phase, but is just the same as if set up by direct current. 
This was described in Chapter II. Since this rotating field re- 
mains at the same value before and after the reconnection, it will 
clearly have the same effect on the rotor winding in generating 
counter-electromotive force. Hence there will be the same voltage 
between collector rings as existed with the original connection, 
and there need be no change in the controller or the external re- 
sistance used in starting and running the motor. 



« • 

• • • 
i •• • • 

« c • « 



CHAPTER VII 
HOW THE FREQUENCY AFFECTS THE WINDINGS 

The necessity for operating motors on a frequency differing 
from that for which they were originally designed may be the 
result of actually changing the frequency of the power supply 
and thereby affecting a number of motors in one installation, or 
it may result from applying used or repurchased motors on new 
circuits. At times such as those at the outbreak of the European 
War, when numbers of concerns were undertaking the manu- 
facture of explosives and all sorts of munitions, the sudden 
demand for motors for the operation of machine tools and other 
purposes greatly overtaxed the available stocks and created a 
brisk demand for second-hand motors wherever they could be 
found. The installation of these machines on new circuits neces- 
sitated a change in frequency in many cases as well as changes in 
phase and voltage. Another instance of a wholesale change of 
frequency is the retiring of an existing isolated plant for the pur- 
chase of central-station power which may differ in frequency. 
This may result sometimes in changing the motors in a single 
plant, or it may involve a plant serving a town, in which case 
the motors in the entire district served must be arranged for 
the new frequency. 

The commonest changes of this kind are from 26 cycles to 
60 cycles and vice versa. There is also some changing from 60 
cycles to 60 and infrequently 40-cycle motors are changed to 
60 or the reverse. 

Checking the Speed when Operating at Higher Frequency. 

The most important and immediately noticeable change in the 
motor when the frequency is changed, is that the motor operates 
at a different speed. This change in speed is directly propor- 
tional to the change in frequency. It was explained in Chapter 
II that the so-called synchronous speed, or the number of revo- 
lutions per minute made by the magnetic field of the stator is 
equal to the alternations per minute of the supply circuit di- 

105 



f 

e • 
e e « 

* r t « 

e e e * 

t 



106 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

vided by the number of poles, or it is equal to the expression 

— T- — -? — ~| - From this it follows at once that if the cycles 

are changed and the poles remain the same, the revolutions per 
minute will change exactly as the frequency. 
As an example, a 4-pole motor operated on 26 cycles will have 

a synchronous speed (practically the no-load speed) equal to 

25 X 120 

- - X ~ 760 revolutions per minute. The full-load speed 

is usually about 3 per cent, to 6 per cent, less than the synchron- 
ous speed. If now this same motor is operated on 60 cycles, 

the speed will be - -^ = 1800 revolutions per minute. 

This immediately brings up two serious mechanical questions: 
First is the mechanical design of the rotor such that it will stand 
this increase in speed, 240 per cent, of the original value? 
The peripheral speed of the rotor (that is, diameter in feet X 3.14 
X revolutions per minute) should not be permitted to go beyond 
7600 ft. per minute without consulting the manufacturer of the 
machine. Second, can the belting or gearing be suitably adjusted 
so that the speed of the driven machine or apparatus will remain 
practically unchanged? If these two questions cannot be satis- 
factorily taken care of, it will be necessary to change the number 
of poles in the motor winding also, so that the speed on the new 
frequency and with the new number of poles will be nearly the 
same as the speed on the old frequency and with the original 
number of poles. 

For example, in the case just cited, a 4-pole motor operated 
on a 25-cycle circuit runs at about 760 revolutions per minute. 
The nearest combination to give this speed on 60 cycles would be 
to wind the motor for ten poles, and the resulting revolutions 

per minute would be .?: = 720. There are, therefore, 

two conditions in case of a change in frequency — the first, when 
the number of poles remains the same and the speed changes 
with the cycles, and the second, when the number of poles is 
changed so as to keep the original speed or as nearly so as possible. 
Consider first the case where the frequency is changed and the 
number of poles remains the same. The resulting change in 
the speed in this case is assumed to be proper for the motor in 
question, and the gears or pulleys are changed so that the driven 
load will operate at the same speed. 



HOW THE FREQUENCY AFFECTS THE WINDINGS 107 

Relation between Voltage and Frequency. 

The next thing that is affected by the change in frequency is 
the operating voltage. That is to say, if the frequency is raised, 
the voltage should be raised also and vice versa, if the conditions 
in the magnetic and electric circuits are to be kept normal 
Assuming that the rotating magnetic field is to be kept at the 
same value and the frequency raised, this field will rotate at a 
faster rate and cut more conductors in a given time, which will 
immediately result in the generation of more voltage, or counter- 
electromotive force as it is called in a motor. It will be remem- 
bered that in the first chapter attention was called to the fact 
that one of the easiest ways of thinking of an induction motor 
is as an alternating-current generator generating a counter- 
electromotive force almost exactly equal to the line voltage on 
which it is operated. In the present instance, then, if raising the 
frequency causes the motor to generate more of this back vol- 
tage, it will be necessary to oppose it by a higher applied voltage; 
or, 3peaking simply, if the frequency is to be raised the line vol- 
tage should be raised by the same amount to keep the same 
magnetic conditions as existed in the original motor. 

Relation between Torque, R.P.M., and Horsepower. 

Suppose that the frequency is raised and the voltage is not 
raised. If the same magnetic field existed and rotated faster, 
it has been shown that an increased back voltage would be gen- 
erated. However, if the line voltage is not raised, the motor does 
not require any increased back voltage and hence it does the 
only other thing it can to keep the generated voltage equal to 
the line voltage, and that is automatically to decrease its own 
magnetic field to such a point that the new field rotating at the 
new speed will generate the same back voltage as the old field 
rotating at the old speed, and this electromotive force will be 
nearly the same as the applied line voltage, which has been as- 
sumed to be the same on both frequencies. The result of a 
decrease in the magnetic field would be a decrease in torque or 
turning effort, and this might result in a reduced horsepower 
output were it not for the fact that the speed increases and tries 
to make up for the decrease in torque 

Torque at one foot radius X r,p.m. 
Horsepower = ^^ko 

From this it follows that if the frequency was raised and the vol- 



108 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

tage left the same, the magne tic field migh t decrease and the torque 
decrease without lowering the horsepower by the same aniount, 
since the speed increases and partly makes up for it. On most 
of the loads that are driven by motors, the driving effort, or pull, 
or torque is practically the same at all speeds. This is not true 
of centrifugal pumps or fans or similar apparatus, but is generally 
true of- a great deal of industrial machinery. Since this is the 
case, it may be seen from the horsepower formula just given that 
if the torque is constant the horsepower will vary directly as 
the speed; that is, a higher speed will call for more horsepower 
and a lower speed for less horsepower. Going back to the fre- 
quency, a higher frequency means a higher speed and hence, 
directly, a higher horsepower, and a lower frequency means a 
lower speed and a lower horsepower. All these things work 
out automatically if the voltage and frequency are varied on 
the motor at the same time and by the same amount. This is 
for the reason that torque is the product of the magnetic field 
acting on the currents in the windings. To keep the heating 
reasonably the same, the magnetic field and the currents in the 
coils should be kept as nearly the same as possible. 

It was shown in the foregoing that if the field is kept constant 
and the speed increased, the generated voltage would increase, 
and hence the applied voltage should be increased also. This 
brings about a rule which may be most easily remembered in 
this form: If the frequency on a motor is changed, the voltage should 
be changed in the .same direction and by the same amount. If this 
is done and the torque against which the motor is working is 
constant, the magnetic field in the iron will remain constant, the 
currents in the windings will remain constant, the speed and the 
horsepower will vary directly with the change in voltage and 
frequency, and the heating will vary somewhat due to the vari- 
ation of the iron loss with the frequency and the variation of 
the ventilating effect with the speed. 

A concrete instance of the foregoing would be to take a ^hp. 

25 X 440 
440- volt 60- cycle motor and operate it on 25 cycles and w^ — 

25 X 50 
= 183 volts, in which case it would develop — ^ — = 20.8 hp. 

If 183 volts was not available, a connection of the windings should 
be selected which would have been equivalent to 880 volts on 



HOW THE FREQUENCY AFFECTS THE WINDINGS 109 

26 X 880 
60 cycles and this would be suitable for >,^> — = 366.6 volts 

on 25 cycles, which in many cases would operate satisfactorily 
on a commercial 440-yolt circuit. In the case which is most 
commonly met with, which is changing from 26 to 60 cycles, this 
condition can often be taken care of by impressing twice the 
voltage on the motor on 60 cycles that was used on 26 cycles, 
such as operating a 220-volt 26-cycle motor on a 440-volt 60- 
oycle circuit, at about double the horsepower. 

Theoretically, to follow the rule already given, the voltage 
on 60 cycles should be 2.4 times the value on 26 cycles, since ^%& 
= 2.4. Thii^ would result in 2.4 times the speed and 2.4 times the 
horsepower. Practically, it is easier to get twice the voltage than 
2.4, so the voltage is doubled and the horsepower considered 
as double also. In case it is not possible to get double the vol- 
tage on 60 cycles, the same result can be secured in another 
way. Suppose the original motor is operating on a 220-volt 
26-cycle circuit and is connected series star as in Fig. 109. Sup- 
pose, also, that the available 60-cycle voltage upon which it is 
to run is 220. To get the effect of doubling the voltage, the motor 
can have its pole-phase groups connected in two parallel star. 
Fig. 126, for 60 cycles and it will then be affected in the same way 
as it would if the windings had not been reconnected but had 
been operated on 440 volts 60 cycles. On 60 cycles the motor 
would then run 2.4 times as fast and develop about twice the 
horsepower.^ 

In some cases it would happen that the same horsepower was 
required on the new frequency and at the increased speed as on 
the original frequency. Hence, it would be imdesirable to recon- 
nect the motor so as to raise the voltage with the frequency, since 
this would result in twice the required horsepower and would 
mean operating the motor at all times at half-load and conse- 
quently somewhat lower efficiency and power factor than if it 
were fully loaded. 

Considering again the horsepower formula, it can be noted that 
if the horsepower is to remain constant, the torque must decrease 
as the speed increases and vice versa. Since the torque varies 
as the square of the applied voltage, it is evident that approxi- 
mately the same horsepower can be kept with a changing fre- 

1 See articles in the "Electric Journal," Vol. Ill, p. 400, by G.[ B. Werner, 
and Vol. VII, p. 680, by R. E: Hellmund. 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 






HOW THE FREQUENCY AFFECTS THE WINDINGS 111 

quency by varying the voltage applied to the motor as the square 
root of the change in frequency instead of directly as the first 
power. An example of this would be operating a 440-volt 
25-cycle motor on a 560-volt 40-cycle circuit. The square root 
of ^%5 = 1.26. Then if 1.26 X 440 = 564 volts be used on 40 

cycles, the magnetic density in the iron will be about 80 per cent. 

80^ 
of its 26-cycle value and the torque will be jtta = 64 per cent 

of the 25-cycle value. Since the speed will be ^%5 of that on 25 
cycles, the resulting horsepower will be ^%5 X ^Koo = 1.02 
times its 25-cycle value or practically the same. 

A similar instance would be operating a 50-cycle motor on 
60 cycles and at 110 per cent, voltage to keep the same horse- 
power. Suppose in the latter instance it was not possible to 
juggle the generator or the transformers so as to get a 10 per 
cent, increase in voltage. It would then be necessary to re- 
connect the motor so that there would be ^®%io = 91 per cent, 
as many turns in series. One way of accomplishing this if the 
50-cycle motor was originally connected series delta, as in Fig. 
126, would be to reconnect it two parallel star (Fig. 125) for 

60 cycles and the same horsepower. This would have the effect 

(200 \ 
y>fo) — 100 = 15 per cent. 

However, since the frequency has increased 20 per cent. (50 
to 60 cycles) and the speed also has increased the same amount, 
if the voltage is increased only 15 per cent, the magnetic density 
in the iron will be only ^ ^^20 of its 50-cycle value and the torque 
will be only (^^^20)* X 100 = 92 per cent, of its 50-cycle value. 
The resulting 60-cycle horsepower rating as compared with the 
50-cycle will be ^Koo X -^^^oo = HO per cent, (since the 
torque is 0.92 and the speed 1.2 of its 60-cycle value). Instances 
could be multipUed of this, and some further examples will be 
given in a later chapter giving practical applications of the princi- 
ples laid down here. 

The fact that raising the frequency, and hence the speed also 
sometimes results in a horsepower rating greater than that actu- 
ally required, leads at once to a word of caution regarding the 
converse proposition; namely, that in reducing the frequency on a 
motor and keeping the same number of poles, it should be figured 
that the horsepower will decrease exactly in proportion to the 
decrease in frequency and the consequent decrease in speed. The 



112 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

physical conception of this is that if the frequency and voltage 
are varied together and the motor is working against the same 
torque, the magnetic density in the iron will remain the same and 
the current in the copper of the stator and rotor will remain sub- 
stantially the same, but the horsepower will rise and fall with the 
voltage and frequency, since it is the product of the torque and 
the speed divided by a constant. If it be imagined that the 
voltage and the frequency be carried down to zero and the motor 
just came to a standstill, it could be seen that the motor was de- 
veloping full-load torque at standstill with no more than full- 
load current flowing in its windings. 

The foregoing at once suggests a method that is sometimes used 
for starting a large squirrel-cage motor or a group of small motors 
where such motors constitute practically the only load on the 
generating unit from which they are operated. While the motors 
and the generator are at standstill, the motors are connected 
electrically to the generator by closing all line switches. The 
generator field is next excited to its normal value. The steam 
engine or the waterwheel is then started slowly from rest, and as 
the generator builds up in speed the motors come right up along 
with it and no more current is required in the motor windmgs 
than is represented by the torque against which they are starting. 
This gives the best physical picture of the voltage and frequency 
building up together from zero to normal value and yet themotoris 
exerting a constant torque from standstill to normal full-load 
speed under these varying conditions. 

The example just cited brings out the fact, also, which will 
be mentioned in Chapter X, that practically all changes in 
operating conditions can be considered equivalent to changes 
in voltage and so calculated and used. So it is with the change 
in frequency — ^if the torque is to be kept constant with the 
same number of poles and the horsepower is to vary with the 
speed, the voltage should be varied with the frequency or the 
winding connections changed to produce the equivalent. How- 
ever, if the horsepower is to be kept constant at any and all 
speeds with the varying frequency, then the voltage should be 
varied as the square root of the change in cycles. 



CHAPTER VIII 

THE NUMBER OF POLES AND THE R.P.M. AND THE 
POSSIBILITY OF VARYING THEM WITH THE 

SAME WINDING 

The speed of an induction motor expressed in revolutions per 
minute = (cycles X 120) -r- number of poles. The speed so 
determined is called synchronous speed and is very nearly the 
same as the no-load speed. When operating under full load the 
speed will be a few revolutions lessthanthis— for ordinary motors, 
on an average of about 96 to 97 per cent, of the synchronous 
speed. The synchronous speed is the speed at which the rotating 
magnetic field is traveling around in the stator, and the difference 
between this and the full-load speed of the rotor (3 to 6 per cent.) 
is called the "slip" of the motor. 

From the equation for revolutions per minute it can be seen 
at once that if the speed of the motor is to be changed, it is neces- 
sary to change either the cycles or the number of poles. Or, 
assuming that the cycles have been changed and that it is neces- 
sary to keep the same speed as before, it will be necessary to 
change the number of poles. So far as the cross-connections 
themselves are concerned, and admitting windings where all the 
pole-phase groups do not have the same number of coils, as dis- 
cussed in Chapter IX, it is evident that any winding might be 
connected for several different numbers of poles and for either 
two-phase or three-phase, by the simple expedient of changing 
the number of coils in each pole-phase group. 

For example, a winding having 54 slots and 54 coils if arranged 
for three-phase 6 poles would have 3 coils per group and 18 
pole-phase groups. If the same winding is rearranged for three- 
phase 4 poles there will be 12 pole-phase groups having alternately 
4 and 6 coils per group. Or, if the same winding is arranged for 
two-phase 4 poles there will be 8 pole-phase groups, 6 of which 
would have 7 coils and 2 of which would have 6 coils, or 54 total. 
There are practical limits beyond which this form of reconnection 
cannot properly be carried and which are discussed farther on 
8 113 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



THE NUMBER OF POLES AND THE R.P.M. 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



THE NUMBER OF POLES AND THE R.P.M. 



117 



in this chapter, but before proceeding to a discussion of them 
attention is called to some typical cases of reconnection of this 
nature. 

Fig. 127 shows a 54-slot winding having a coil pitch of 1 and 7 
as arranged for 6 poles and connected series star. There are 3 
coils in every group. Fig. 128 shows the same winding as Fig. 
127 except grouped and connected for 4 poles. It will be noted 
that there are now 3 X 4 = 12 pole-phase groups containing 
alternately 4 and 6 coils per group. Fig. 129 shows the same wind- 
ing as in Fig. 127 arranged and connected for 8 poles; there are 
18 pole-phase groups with 2 coils and 6 with 3, making total of 
24 groups and 54 coils. Fig. 130 is the same winding as Fig. 127 
connected for 10 poles. There are 24 groups having 2 coils each 
and 6 groups with 1 coil, making a total of 30 pole-phase groups 
and 64 coils. Fig. 131 shows the winding, Fig. 127, connected for 
12 poles. There are 18 groups of 2 coils each and 18 groups of 1 
coil each, making a total of 36 groups and 54 coils. 

Of course all these connections would not normally operate 
at the same voltage, nor would the horsepower developed be the 
same, and the speed would vary inversely as the number of poles. 
Assuming, for example, that the motor was 100-hp. 60-cycle 
three-phase 440- volts and run at 1160 r.p.m. on the 6-pole con- 
nection, the characteristics for the other connections are shown 
in Table VI. Three-phase is assumed throughout. 



Table VI. — Characteristics op a Three-phase Motor Connected 

AS IN Figs. 127 to 131 



Poles 


Hp. 


Voltage 


R.P.M. 


Connection 


6 


100 


440 


1,160 


Fig. 127 


4 


110 


484 


1,750 


Fig. 128 


8 


86 


375 


860 


Fig. 129 


10 


68 


300 


690 


Fig. 130 


12 


50 


220 


580 


Fig. 131 



The only commercial voltages in Table VI are the first and last, 
440 and 220. To operate the motor on the other connections 
would require special taps from the transformer, unless some 
other change could be made in the motor's winding at the same 
time that the number of poles was changed. For example, the 
8-pole connection requires 375 volts. If it so happened that the 



118 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

6-poIe motor was connected in parallel star, then the 8-pole 
motor could be connected series delta, which would be the same 
thing as operating the motor on a voltage in the ratio of 1.73 to 2 

or^y-^ = 434, which is approximately the voltage required. 

Table VI of horsepowers and normal voltages is figured by 
taking account of the speed and of the chord factor in the follow- 
ing way : 

One of the functions of the winding is to be acted upon by the 
rotating magnetic field and to actually generate a counter-electro- 
motive force which is opposed to and almost equal to the applied 
line voltage. If, then, in reconnecting for a different number of 
poles, the assumption is made that the magnetic field in the teeth 
and air gap remains at a constant value irrespective of the con- 
nections, it is at once evident that the generated electromotive 
force, and consequently the applied line voltage, should vary 
directly as the speed of the rotating magnetic field, which is 
practically the same as the revolutions per minute of the motor at 
no load. For example, in the case cited in the foregoing, if the 
normal voltage on the 6-pole connection is 440, everything else 
being equal, the normal voltage on the 12-pole connection should 
be 220, since the revolutions per minute of a 12-pole motor are 
just one-half those of a 6-pole machine. 

Practically, the only condition which enters to change the 
voltage from varying directly as the speed is the "chord factor," 
which is due to the throw or pitch of the coil. This is de- 
scribed under "Fractional Pitch Windings" in Chapter IV. It 
will be recalled that tlup is a factor which reduces the voltage 
generated in a coil because one side of a coil is not exactly 
under the center of a north pole when the other side is exactly 
under the center of a south pole. The numerical value of this 
factor is expressed as the sine of one-half the electrical angle 
which is spanned by the coil. It may appear in the example 
given in Figs. 127 to 131 that the chord factor should remain con- 
stant since the physical throw of the coils is unchanged. It should 
be carried in mind, however, that while the coil spread remains 
unchanged, the number of poles is changed, consequently the pole 
arc is changed; hence, the relation of tho throw of the coil to the 
pole arc is different in each case. The foregoing can be best 
shown by Table VII, remembering that the throw of the coils is 
slots 1 and 7 in all cases. 



THE NUMBER OF POLES AND THE R.P.M. 



119 



Table VII. — ^Effdcts of Changinq thb Numbbb of Poles in an Indug- 

TioN-MOTOB Winding 



Number of poles 

Throwof coil 

Slots spanned by coil 

Number of slots equivalent to 180 

54 

electrical degrees =» :ir= -, — =— 

No. of poles 

Electrical degrees represented by 
six slots 

Sine of half the electrical angle 
covered by the coil throw or 
pitch = chord factor 



4 

1-7 

6 


6 

1-7 

6 


8 

1-7 

6 


10 

1-7 

6 


13.5 


9 


6.75 


5.4 


80 


120 


160 


200 


0.64 


0.866 


0.99 


0.99 



12 

1-7 

6 

4.5 

240 

0.866 



Table VII indicates that the normal 6-pole voltage of 440 must 
be modified by two factors to find its value for other speeds. 
These factors and their results are combined in Table VIII. 

On first comparison of Tables VII and VIII it seems peculiar that 
the 4-pole connection having the lowest chord factor, which is 
0.64 operates, at 484 volts, which is the highest voltage, while the 

Table VIII. — ^Factobs, Dub to Change in Numbeb op Poles, Modiftino 

iNDUCnON-MOTOB VOLTAGE 



Number of poles 

Factor for changing voltage on 
account of changing speed 

Factor for changing voltage on 
account of change in chord fac- 
tor for new No. of poles -5- 6- 
pole chord factor 

Product of both factors 

Resulting voltage = (440 X No. 4) . 



4 


6 


8 


10 


1.5 


1 


0.75 


0.60 


0.74 


1 


1.14 


1.14 


1.11 


1 


0.855 


0.685 


484 


440 


375 


330 



12 



0.50 



1 

0.50 

220 



8- and 10-pole connections, having a high chord factor of 0.99, 
operate at 376 and 300 volts respectively. It must be re- 
membered that the speed at which the magnetic field is rotating 
comes into effect and changes the result of the chord factor. 
Throughout this book we have considered the induction motor as 
being an alternating-current generator, generating the counter- 
electromotive force, or back voltage. Hence, in this case, the 
assumption has been made that the magnetic field in the air 
gap remains the same in density for all these connections, and 



120 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

when connected for 4-pole this iSeld will rotate twice as fast 
as when connected for 8-pole, and thus generate twice as much 
voltage. This is the reason that the two factors, one due to 
changing the speed of the field and the other due to changing the 
throw of the coil, are introduced, as shown in Table VIII. The 
product of these two factors governs the voltage which must be 
appUed to the windmgs to give normal operation. 

Table VIII determines the value of the proper voltage for the 
new connections as given in Table VI. The horsepower is de- 
termined just as if it were an alternating-current generator by 
taking the product of the volts X amperes X 1.73 X power 
factor and dividing by 746. The cross-section of the copper has 
not been changed, hence the amperes remain constant. The 
power factor is assumed the same, although it will be somewhat 
higher on high speeds and lower on low speeds. Therefore, the 
output in horsepower will vary as the voltage, assuming 100 hp. 
at 440 volts. The horsepower for the new connections is figured 
in this manner, as given in Table VI. Some general observations 
might be made about the examples chosen in this chapter: First, 
the question of starting torque or maximum torque required, or 
the saturation of the core when connecting for higher speeds 
might require a voltage somewhat higher or lower than Table VI; 
second, as pointed out in Chapter IV, on fractional-pitch windings 
it is not wise, in general, to chord up a coil so far that the chord 
factor is less than 0.707, which means that the coils span only 
halfway from the center of a north to the center of a south pole. 
The reason for this was shown in Chapter IV by plotting the 
shape of the magnetic field set up by windings having different 
coil pitches. For this reason the 4-pole connection, as shown 
and discussed in this chapter, should be avoided in practice, but 
the 6-, 8-, 10- and 12-pole connections would be satisfactory if the 
proper operating voltage could be secured. 

Check Points in Changing Number of Poles. 

From the foregoing it may be seen that there are three factors 
to be taken care of in changing the number of poles. These are : 

First, if the new speed is to be higher than the original speed, 
the peripheral speed should not be allowed to exceed 7500 
to 8000 ft. This figure is the diameter of the rotor in feet X 
3.14 X revolutions per minute. 

Second, the chord factor of the winding. 



THE NUMBER OF POLES AND THE R.P.M. 121 



£1 
I- 



122 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

Third, the phase-insulation coils should be shifted so as to 
come at the beginning and ending of the new pole phase groups, 
as discussed in Chapter IV. 

Sometimes, when a winding is connected in parallel star it is 
possible to reconnect it in series star with consequent poles, as 
explained in Chapter IX, and have the motor operate at one-half 
its original speed. This reconnection is shown in Figs. 132 and 
133. Conversely, if the motor was originally connected for 
series star, it might be reconnected for parallel star and operate 
at double speed if the motor would stand up mechanically. The 
counter-electromotive force generated by the consequent-pole 
connection is only 86.6 per cent, as much as with the salient-pole 
connection, which means that if the motor was ru^ on normal 

rated voltage on the consequent-pole connection it would operate 

100 
as if it had an overvoltage of ^o^a — 100 = 16 per cent. Such a 

reconnection should not be attempted if the throw of the coils is 
exactly or nearly full pitch for the high speed. The reason for this 
was explained in Chapter IV. 

The effect of chording the coils or making the throw less than 
full-pole pitch, as in Figs. 132 and 133, brings out the point that 
it is often possible in reconnecting a winding to raise the side of 
all the coils lying in the top of the slots, and to spring the coils 
one or two slots longer or shorter and thus help out materially 
on the operating conditions after the change is made. For 
example, in Fig. 133, if the coils are raised and wound in slots 1 
and 6 instead of 1 and 7, the new chord factor would be sine one- 

half of ^g X 180 deg. = 200 deg., or 0.98 instead of 0.866. The 

winding connected, as shown in Fig. 133, would then operate as if 
on 102 per cent, of normal voltage instead of 115 per cent., which 
would have cut down the iron losses and improved the power 
factor. 

In Chapter IV a graphical explanation was given of the effect 
of chord factor and reconnecting for a different number of poles. 
This was shown by plotting the shape of the magnetic field set 
up by a three-phase winding connected for different numbers of 
poles and whose coils had different pitches. It showed the mag- 
netic conditions inside the motor which give rise to the practical 
results discussed in this chapter. 



CHAPTER IX 

LESS COMMON CONNECTIONS USED FOR UNSYM- 
METRICAL CONDITIONS OR IN AN EMERGENCY 

Chapter III discussed the usual forms of connection for wind- 
ings using "diamond" coils in open slots. It is the purpose of 
this chapter to present some of the less usual forms. These are 
often of more importance in reconnecting old machines than are 
the standard forms, because it is by their help and "judicious" 
use that a job is pulled through in a hurry or a temporary work- 
able connection made that will carry on an essential part of a 
larger work until such a respite can be obtained as will allow a 
more permanent connection. . 

The word "judicious" is used for the reason that short-cut 
methods of this type are sometimes used where there is no need 
for them and where their use is a positive detriment, since the 
extra operating expense caused by them soon offsets any im- 
mediate apparent gain. Such a case, for example, would be 
represented by reconnecting a three-phase 440-volt series-star 
winding for two phase 440 volts with the same coils, making no 
other change. The machine would probably operate in many 
cases, but the increased power bill would pay the interest on a 
considerably larger sum than would be represented by the cost 
of a proper set of two-phase coils. If this point is understood 
and given proper consideration, it is desirable to know some of 
these semistandard or possible schemes, as they may be of service 
in an emergency. 

Number of Slots Not a Multiple of Phases Times Poles. 

Among these schemes one which is not usually found in text- 
books, but which is perfectly legitimate and largely employed 
by all manufacturers, is the use of a core having a number of 
slots that is not an exact multiple of the number of phases times 
the number of poles — ^for example, a 90-slot core wound for 
three-phase, eight poles. This connection is represented by Fig. 
134. The Roman numerals on each pole-phase group represent 
the number of coils in that group, and it will be seen that each 

123 



124 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

phase consists of 6 groups of 4 coils each and 2 groups of 3 coils 
each, or a total of 30 coils, and 90 coils in the complete winding. 
This irregularity introduces a slight displacement of the phase 
angle at certain places, but these places are so chosen around the 
machine that the net result is a perfectly balanced three-phase 
voltage at the terminals of the machine. E. M. Tingley origi- 
nated an ingenious and simple method for arranging such 
windings with mathematical accuracy to give perfectly balanced 
voltage.* 

It does not follow, however, that only the slot numbers rec- 
ommended by Mr. Tingley can be made to give operating results. 
Other combinations are practically workable along the same gen- 
eral lines and can be laid out by inspection with reasonable regard 
to the best sjmametry. But it is true that only the combinations 
pointed out by him can be made to give a theoretically perfect 
voltage balance at the motor terminals on all phases. This ex- 
planation is made in reply to the question frequently asked as to 
whether it is essential that the number of primary slots shall be a 
multiple of the niunber of phases times the number of poles. It 
does not necessarily have to be such a multiple, and connections 
of the type shown in Fig. 134 give practically as good operating 
results as any other. 

The manufacturers make use of this type of connection in 
order to use the same core for as many combinations of phase, 
voltage, poles, cycles and horsepower as possible, thereby greatly 
reducing the stock of punchings or stampings that must be carried 
and also the expense necessary for dies to produce these punchings. 

Particular reference is made to such diagrams in this chapter 
to insure that no one who is contemplating a reconnection need 
be discouraged or , give up the attempt if it is discovered that 
the number of pole-phase groups does not divide exactly into 
the number of slots. In general, if the total number of coils in 
the winding is right for the voltage to be used, it will be satis- 
factory to put as many coils in each group as can be obtained 
by the even division of pole-phase groups into total number of 
slots and then to distribute the odd coils equally among the 
phases and insert them mechanically in various groups to give 
the greatest symmetry. Of course, if there are two or more 
parallels in each phase, there must be the same number of coils 
in each parallel. For example, in the case of Fig. 134 there are 

Un the "Electical Review" for Jan. 23, 1915, Vol. LXVI, pp. 116-8. 



LESS COMMON CONNECTIONS 



125 



three phases and eight poles; 3 X 8 = 24 and 90 -5- 24 = 3^; 
therefore there will be four coils in each group excepting in the 
case of six groups which will have three coils. .Two of these six 
groups are in each of the three phases, and one of these groups 
is in each of the two parallel legs of each phase. E this be 
followed, it may not give the perfectly balanced condition of Fig. 
134, but when done by a careful man, it will usually give a safe 
operating condition. 




Fig. 134. — Three-phase, eight-pole, parallel star diagram with uneven grouping 

for a ninety-slot stator. 

Consequent-Pole Windings for Two Speeds. 

A second expedient which may be employed to connect a 
given winding for twice the original number of poles is the use 
of what is known as a ''consequent-pole*' connection. This 
is illustrated by Figs. 135 and 136, which show the usual con- 
nections for the three-phase motor wound to give two sets of 
poles or two speeds in the ratio of two to one. This change is 
accompUshed by a single winding. In Fig. 135 the high-speed 
is parallel-star and the low-speed series-star. In Fig. 136 the 
high-speed is parallel-star and the low-speed series-delta. Either 



126 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



may be used at the discretion of the designer. Fig. 135 usually 
gives better results where a constant torque is desired and gives 
twice the horsepower on the high-speed that it develops on the 
lowHspeed. Fig. 136 gives somewhat better results where a con- 
stant horsepower is desired at both speeds, as is the case with 
most machine-tool applications. 

Fig. 137 is an explanatory diagram showing schematically how 
the two sets of poles are produced by such windings. Considered 




no 2 



C, B,A, 



C B A 



Fio. 135.— Two-speed, three-phase, four- and eight-pole parallel and series star 

diagram. 

with Fig. 135, the inside set of arrows shows the parallel-star con- 
nection where four salient poles are produced directly by the 
winding, two north and two south. The set of arrows outside 
the winding circle shows the winding connected in series- tar 
and the current direction such as to produce four north poles 
by the winding. Since it is not possible to have north poles 
alone, there immediately result four consequent south poles, 
indicated by the dotted arrows, where the magnetic flux returns 
to the primary. This results in eight poles and half-speed. For 
the sake of simplicity the arrows shown are for one phase only. 



LESS COMMON CONNECTIONS 



127 



The three phases interact to produce the combined magnetic 
pole as in any normal three-phase winding. These diagrams 
are shown to indicate that it may be possible in some cases to 
reconnect motors for half-speed by making use of a diagram of 
this nature. Such a connection, for example, makes it possible 
at times to reconnect a 25-cycle motor for 60 cycles and twice 
the number of poles, and so keep the r.p.m. of the motor nearly 
the same. 




C E FAB 



Fig. 136. — Two-speed, three-phase, four- and eight-pole parallel star and series 

delta diagram. 

It will be noticed that the outside arrows on the pole-phase 
groups for checking the slow-speed, or eight-pole, connection 
in Figs. 135 and 136 all point in the same direction instead of 
alternately in opposite directions as the inside arrows do. This 
is because the eight-pole connection is "consequent-pole," or 
so connected that the current produced the same polarity in all 
the pole-phase groups, instead of alternate north and south as is 
usually the case. It will be recalled that in Chapter III men- 
tion was made of the fact that in such a case the check 
with the alternate arrows did not hold. It will be seen 



128 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



from Figs. 135 and 136 that in checking windings of this type, 
or consequent-pole, by placing arrows on the pole-phase groups 
in the direction from the lead toward the star in all three phases, 
the arrows will all point in the same direction. This can be ex- 
plained in another way by saying that in a winding of this type 
there are only half as many pole-phase groups for the same total 
number of poles as there are in the usual form of winding. This 
is equivalent to saying that alternate pole-phase groups are 



N 




A 




N 




S A 



I 



N 




'V 




7^ 



Fig. 137.— 1 



Schematic magnetic diagram explaining the eight-pole connection 

of Figs. 135 and 136. 



omitted. Since in the check of the usual winding the arrows 
are alternately opposed, if alternate arrows are omitted the re- 
mainder will all be in the same direction, as is indicated in the 
check of the eight-pole connection of Figs. 135 and 136. 

A diagram for a two-phase two-speed connection where the 
winding is in parallel on the high-speed and in series on the low- 
speed is shown in Fig. 138. This winding is of particular and 
especial interest in that it overcomes one of the disadvantages 
of the corresponding three-phese connections shown in Figs. 
135 and 136 by putting half of the winding in one phase for the 



LESS COMMON CONNECTIONS 



129 



lowHspeed connection and in the other phase for the high-speed 
connection. This is an advantage, because the so-called " winding 
factor," or "distribution factor,'' remains the same on both 
speeds as in a normal two-phase machine, while in the three- 
phase connections shown in Figs. 135 and 136 the winding factor 
is only 86.6 per cent, as good on the low-speed connection as on 
the high. This is because there are only four winding groups 




•^^lyy^vs^biBi 



Fig. 138. — Twonspeed, two-phase, four- and eight-pole, parallel and series dia- 
gram for same distribution factor on both connections. 

per phase spread over the entire periphery, and yet eight poles 
are being produced. 

Expressed in another way, the coils for one of the eight poles 
are spread over the usual span for a four-pole machine. Since 
the distribution factor is a measure of the induced voltage or 
counter-electromotive force generated, and since the capacity of 
the motor may be measured by its current-carrying capacity 
multipUed by the induced voltage, it can be concluded at once 
that the loss of 14.3 per cent, in the three-phase connection on 

9 



130 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



the slow speed is avoided in the two-phase diagram, Fig. 138. 
In reality the gain is greater than this, for the reason that the 
two-phase distribution factor caused by consequent poles is 
only 70.7 per cent., as against 86.6 per cent, in the three-phase. 
Speaking simply, if a series-parallel two-phase connection 
were used, similar to the three-phase. Fig. 135, and without 
changing the coils from one phase to the other as does Fig. 




ABC 



Fig. 139. — Three-phase, six-pole, series star diagram in four parallels, 
called "split group" diagram. Emergency make shift. 



So- 



138, the loss in horsepower on the slow speed would be approxi- 
mately 30 per cent., which is certainly a matter of prime im- 
portance. It is mechanically possible to make such an arrange- 
ment on a two-phase winding, but there seems to be no practical 
way of accomplishing the same result on a three-phase winding. 
As in the case of the three-phase two-speed diagrams, this con- 
nection shows the possibility of changing a standard motor to 
half-speed by the mediimi of such a connection. 
When operating from a three-wire two-phase system or any 



LESS COMMON CONNECTIONS 131 

system having the two phases interconnected in any way, all 
four of the leads that connect to y and y', Fig. 138, should be 
brought out instead of tying them together in pairs and bringing 
out y and y' as shown. This is in order that the phase windings 
may be kept clean of each other on both speed connections. 

Splitting Groups. 

Fig. 139 illustrates a connection that is sometimes attempted, 
but usually with disastrous results. In all the foregoing dia- 
grams the phase-pole group has been treated as a unit. That is 
to say, if there were four coils per pole per phase, these four were 
connected in series into a group and handled as a unit. Fig. 
139, on the other hand, breaks up some of the groups into halves. 
Suppose, for example, that a three-phase six-pole motor has 72 
coils total and is connected in series for 440 volts and it is de- 
sired to reconnect it for 110 volts. It can be parallel for 220 
volts, and there will be three pole-phase groups in each of the two 
parallel legs of the winding. It cannot be paralleled four times, 
since 6 is not divisible exactly by 4. Since there are 6 poles and 
3 phases, there are 18 pole-phase groups and 72 4- 18 = 4 coils 
per group. It is therefore possible to spUt 6 of the 18 groups into 
halves of two coils each, and by putting a half-group in series 
with a whole group to get 4 parallels per phase having 1.5 pole- 
phase groups in each of the 4 parallel circuits. Such a connec- 
tion is shown in Fig. 139. This is rather difficult to do properly 
tmless there is an expert winder available, and it leaves the motor 
in an unsatisfactory operating condition when it has been done. 
This is explained by the vector diagrams in Figs. 140 to 144. 

Let ag represent the voltage vector of one magnetic pole made 
by combining the three pole-phase vectors ae, ef and fg, Fig. 140. 
For clearness, one pole-phase vector ae is shown in Fig. 141 drawn 
to a larger scale and made up of the vectors of the four separate 
coils ab, bCy cd and de. The length of the Une a&, for example, 
represents the voltage generated by the rotating field in a single 
coil of the winding, and four of them are considered together 
because there are foiu* coils in series in any complete pole-phase 
group; as for example, group 16 in Fig. 139. If two or more 
circuits, each made up of one whole pole plus one half-pole, 
are to be connected in parallel, the two resulting vectors should 
be the same length and have the same direction or phase. Such 
a condition is shown in Fig. 142. This is a true parallel, and there 



132 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



will be no circulating current around the closed loop formed by 
the two parallels in the winding, since two equal voltages in phase 
with each other are opposed. 

An inspection of the four vectors of which ae is composed will 
show that it cannot readily be divided into two parts and paral- 
leled without there being circulating current. Suppose, first, 
that the winding group is split in the middle at c, leaving ab + be 
for one half and cd + de for the other. The two resulting vec- 
tors are ac and ce. When each of these vectors is added to 



e 


^^,- — 


— ->. 




/ 


/f 




^^^ 






/ / 








\ \ 


/ / 








\ \ 


/ / 
// 








\\ 


// 








\ 




" Fig, UO ^ 



Whole Pole 



X y z 

Fig. m 



Half Pole 



Whole Pole Half Pole 

Fig. U2 
c 



[ 




a 



z e \ 



^ a ss fy 

Fig. US ^ Fig. lU 

Figs. 140-141-142-143-144. — Vector diagrams of group voltages in Fig. 139. 

another complete pole and the two connected in parallel, the 
result is indicated in Fig. 143, where ra + ac is paralleled with 
sc + ce. Since ac and ce are not in phase, there is left a voltage 
equivalent to em + nc, which will set up current around the closed 
loop and produce increased heating. In order to avoid this to a cer- 
tain extent, the two outside coils of the group, ab and de, are some- 
times paralleled against the two inside coils, be and cd. The 
two resulting vectors ax + ze and bd are in parallel, but they are 
of different lengths. The results are shown in Fig. 144, where 
a whole pole ib plus the half -pole bd is in parallel with ra -{- ax-^- 
ze. While these vectors are in phase, the difference in their 
numerical value leaves a component efc, which is unbalanced and 
which is free to cause circulating current in the closed loop of 
the parallel circuit. 



LESS COMMON CONNECTIONS 



133 



Table IX. — Comparison op a Two-phasb Motor Connected **T" to 
Operate on Three-phase with Normal Winding 





Normal . 
two-phase 
windins 


Three-phase 
connection 


Normal 

three-phase 

windins 


Pull-load efficiency 

Full-load power factor 

Startinir toraue 


88.0 
89.0 
1.75 
3.3 

22.5 
20.0 
22.0 


86.9 
84.8 
1.20 
3.17 

32.0 
32.5 
30.0 


88.5 
90.0 
1.94 


Maximum torou^ 


3.3 


Deg. C. Rise at Full Load : 
Stator copper 


21.0 


Stator iron 


19.0 


Rotor copper 


22.0 







In addition to the difficulty of making this connection properly 
and the fact that there is at all times some circulating current, 
there is also likely to be trouble in keeping the phases insulated 
from each other. All things considered, this is an expedient 
which had better be left untried except in cases of emergency. 
For all ordinary operating conditions much better results will 
be secured by replacing the old coils in the machine by new coils 
wound for the proper voltage. 

Table IX shows comparative performances of a two-phase 
motor reconnected for operation on three-phase by a "T'' con- 
nection and the performance of the same motor when supplied 
with new three-phase coils and connected in a normal three-phase 
manner. 

Fig. 115 shows a possible three-phase "T'' connection which 
may be made from a two-phase winding by a method similar 
to the Scott transformer connection. The efifect of this connec- 
tion upon the performance is shown in the table and was dis- 
cussed in Chapter VI under "Changes in Phases." It is a 
connection that should be used only as a temporary expedient 
until better arrangements can be made. It is possible to devise 
other makeshifts, but they are usually attended with so great 
a sacrifice in the heating and efficiency of the motor, that it 
is safer to leave them untried. It happens that a connection 
that looks feasible from the standpoint only of the number of 
coils in series, falls down on trial because these coils are not strictly 
in phase. Experiments of this nature are better left to the 
electrical manufacturing establishments. 



CHAPTER X 

RECONNECTING AN OLD WINDING FOR NEW 

CONDITIONS 

General Ftmdamental Considerations. 

An electric motor is a device for transforming energy in the 
form of an electric current into mechanical energy in the form of 
turning effort, or rotating force. This turning effort, or driving 
force, is called torque and is measured in the pounds pull that a 
motor would develop at the rim of a pulley one foot radius. This 
torque is produced by the force exerted by a current flowing 
through a conductor located in a magnetic field. From this it is 
evident that the capacity of a motor to produce torque is limited 
both by the capacity of the copper circuit to carry current and 
the iron circuit to carry magnetic lines of force. 

The amount of current, or flux, that is being carried by a given 
crossHsectionof copper or iron determines the heating of the motor. 
It may be assumed that in a normal motor operating under the 
conditions for which it was designed, there is a reasonable current 
flowing in the copper and a reasonable flux in the iron, which the 
designer believes will give the most satisfactory operating results. 
Therefore, if changes are to be made in the speed, phase, fre- 
quency and voltage at which the machine is to operate, the wind- 
ing must be reconnected so as to have approximately the same 
number of magnetic Unes per unit cross-section of iron and the 
same current density in the copper that existed before the change 
was made in the motor. This statement is true over a wide range 
of conditions, and would be true universally if it were not for the 
fact that the high-speed machine will generally run cooler than 
the same machine operated at low speed with the same current 
density in the copper and number of magnetic lines per unit cross- 
section of iron, because of the larger amount of air that the high- 
speed machine will force through its parts. For this reason it is 
generally true that the capacity of a motor may increase in the 
same proportion as the speed when the speed is being increased, 
but may decrease somewhat faster than the speed is being re- 

134 



RECONNECTING AN OLD WINDING 135 

duced. As a concrete example of this, it may be stated that a 75- 
hp. motor operating at 450 r.p.m. may be made to develop 150 
hp. at 900 r.p.m., assuming that the mechanical design will 
stand the stresses due to the increased speed; but conversely, a 
motor originally designed for 150 hp., at 900 r.p.m., when cut 
down to 450 r.p.m. might not be able to develop more than 65 hp., 
on account of reduced ventilation. 

There are certain fundamental mechanical relations that gov- 
ern all motors whether alternating or direct current. The idea 
given in the foregoing of the reaction of the electric current upon 
a magnetic field concerns the production of a mechanical pull 
tending to rotate the movable member of the motor. This pull 
is usually expressed in pounds at one foot radius. This in turn 
is expressed in horsepower when multiplied by r.p.m. and by 
2 w and divided by 33,000, and may be expressed by the equation : 

rj __ Torque X r.p.m. X 27r _ Torque X r.p.m. 
^' " SpOO 5;252 

from which 

„ hp. X 5,252 

Torque = -^ 

* r.p.m. 

Since the current in the copper and the flux in the iron are to 
be held approximately constant whatever change may be made 
in the motor winding, it' follows that the torque will be kept 
constant and the horsepower will vary with the speed. In 
other words, if the copper and iron are carrying the same current 
and flux at all times, twice the horsepower will be developed at 
twice the speed or approximately one-half the horsepower at 
one-half the speed. 

It is essential, in getting a clear conception of the motor, either 
for purposes of making changes or for other reasons, that a plain 
distinction be made between torque and horsepower. It is the 
function of a motor to produce torque, or turning effort. It is 
incidental that when the same force is allowed to rotate at one 
speed or another, a different horsepower is produced. For this 
reason it is incorrect to speak of a motor and say "It required 20 
hp. to start the load,'' because, when starting, the motor was 
generally at a standstill; therefore there was no rotation and 
hence no horsepower. The motor, however, was taking current 
and developing torque, and the correct expression would be the 



136 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

current taken at start was equivalent to the current taken by 
the motor when developing 20 hp. at full speed. 

It is often possible to reconnect a motor and adapt it to new 
conditions leaving it entirely normal, and the performance in all 
essential respects remains the same as before reconnection. Such 
changes, for example, are represented by connecting the polar 
groups of a winding in series for 440 volts and in parallel for 220 
volts. These are classified as strictly legitimate changes. 

A second class of changes leaves the performance in some 
respects unchanged and alters it in others. These may be repre- 
sented by operating a motor in star on 440 volts, and in delta on 
220 volts. In this change there is little change in efficiency or 
power factor; the starting and maximum torques on 220 volts, 
however, are only 75 per cent, of their value on 440 volts. In 
such a case the advisabiUty of the change depends entirely on 
the work that the motor is doing. If the torques at their altered 
values are sufficient to start and carry the driven load easily, 
there is no objection to operating the motor indefinitely as so 
reconnected, since the motor will not run any warmer than before 
and its efficiency and power factor may be better. Such changes 
may be classified as possible changes. 

A third class of changes leaves a motor operative in the sense 
of producing torque enough to do the work required, but so 
alters its performance as to heating, or efficiency, or power factor, 
or insulation, that it is undesirable to leave the motor operating 
indefinitely in such a condition. Such changes might be ex- 
empUfied by taking a three-phase motor and reconnecting the 
coils as they stand for two-phase. This is equivalent to operating 
the three-phase motor at 125 per cent, of normal voltage, and 
in addition, the coils which should have extra insulation where 
the phases change, have only group insulation. The iron loss and 
heating may be increased to a dangerous degree and the power 
factor greatly decreased. Such changes should be used only in 
an emergency and the proper permanent changes made at as 
early a date as possible. These changes should be classified 
as make shift or undesirable changes. 

The main principles which operate to fix the limits of the dif- 
ferent combinations, such as series, parallel, series star, parallel 
star, series delta, parallel delta, etc., possible with a single wind- 
ing, may be enumerated somewhat in the following manner: 

1. The mechanical output of a motor is limited by the cross- 



RECONNECTING AN OLD WINDING 137 

section of copper available to carry current and by the cross- 
section of iron available to carry magnetic flux. 

2. An induction motor is also at all times an alternating-cur- 
rent generator as well, and the voltage generated by its own rotat- 
ing field cutting the conductors of its own stator coils must at 
all times very closely approximate the appUed line voltage. 

3. It is necessary that the pitch or throw of the coils bear 
some reasonable physical relation to the number of poles that the 
machine has. For example, in a 4-pole motor the coils should 
throw somewhere near J^ of the circiunference of the stator bore, 
in a 6-pole motor somewhere near 3^^ the circumference, and so 
on. The practical limits to the throw are from 3^^ to l}4 times 

this full-pitch value. That is to say, in a 72-slot 6-pole motor 

72 
the full or exact pitch for the coil throw would be ^ = 12 slots, 

or the coil wo uld be in slots 1 and 13. Using the limits 3^ to Ij^ 
as given, the throw of the coil should be not less than 6 slots 
nor more than 18 slots for possible operation; that is, the coils 
should not spread less than slots 1 and 7 nor more than slots 1 
and 19. 

4. All changes in operating conditions whether of horsepower, 
voltage, phases, frequency or poles, may be reduced to terms 
of change in voltage and so considered. 

5. An induction motor is similar to a transformer in that the 
niunber of turns in series in the winding must be varied in the 
same direction and by the same percentage as any change in the 
voltage appUed. In addition to these principles the following 
practical considerations must be remembered: 

(a) The new voltage which is appUed to a reconnected motor 
must not exceed the Umiting value of the insulation which is 
on the coils. For example, 2200 volts should not be applied to 
a 550-volt winding even though it has been reconnected with 
four times as many turns in series. 

(b) In reconnecting for higher speeds the peripheral speed of 
the rotor must be kept down to a safe value so that the cen- 
trifugal force does not damage the rotor core or winding 
mechanically. 

(c) In a wound-rotor motor the rotor winding must be con- 
nected for the same niunber of poles as the stator winding. 

(d) In a squirrel-cage motor if radical changes are made in the 
number of poles, a change may also be required in the short- 



138 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

circuiting rings of the equirrel-cage rotor windii^ in order to 
keep the proper staxtiug torque. 

(e) In a polar-group winding the individual coils at the begin- 
ning and end of the phase groups have usually heavier InBulation 
than the inside coils of the groups. Where this is the case, 
when reconnecting for change in phase or poles the coils with the 
heavier insulation should be shifted to their proper new places 
in the winding. 

These principles have been thoroughly covered in preceding 
chapters, but in recapitulation some additional comments may be 
made bearing on the practical appUcation. 

1. Cross-Section of Copper and Iron. 

From the existing connection of the winding in the machine 
which is to be reconnected, it is a simple matter to check the 



Fio. 145. 
Flos. 146 and 146.— Chackinji c 

current flowing in the turns of the coils which are in series. 
This is done by checking the connection of the winding; that is, 
whether it is series or parallel, star or delta, etc. From this 
fact and the rated current of the machine can be derived directly 
the current in the coils themselves. For example, a three-phase 
machine has a normal rating of 50 Mnperes per terminal and is 
connected 2-parallel delta. Fig. 145. The current in the indi- 
vidual coils themselves is - . -„ = 14.5 amperes, as shown. 
Then the load which is put on the motor after reconnection 



RECONNECTING AN OLD WINDING 



139 



should not be greater than that which would cause 14.5 amperes 
to flow in the coils themselves. Under the new connection the 
polar groups might be 5-parallel star, as in Fig. 146, in which 
case the new current per lead would be 6 X 14.6 amperes = 
72.5 amperes, but the current in the individual coils would still 
be 14.5 amperes as indicated. 

If the new connection is for a greater number of poles and hence 
a slower speed, it would be well not to put quite so much current 



MAGNETIC 
FIELD UN ES 
ORFWX 



^TAWJf 
PUNCNIN60R 
LAMINATION 




Fio. 147. — Cross-section of stators wound for four, six, eight, ten and twelve 
poles showing radial depth of iron behind slots required for the magnetic field. 

through as originally on account of the reduction in ventilation. 
Regarding the cross-section of iron, this remains constant so far 
as the teeth are concerned, but in the core back of the slots this 
changes with the number of poles. This is illustrated by Fig. 
147, which shows a cross-section of a motor indicating the mag- 
netic conditions in the iron when the motor is connected for 4, 6, 
8, 10 or 12 poles. 

Considering the 4-pole sector, the coils in the stator slots B set 
up a magnetic field represented by the 15 concentric circles 
causing a north pole where they leave the stator and a south pole 



140 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

where they reenter the stator, as indicated by the arrowheads. 
The proximity of these 15 circles at the air gap indicates the 
density of the magnetic field at this location. It will be noted 
that all 15 of these circles must pass through the core back of the 
slots or through a cross-section represented by the dimension W. 

If, now, consideration is given to the sector marked 6-pole, it 
will be noticed that the magnetic density in the air gap as indi- 
cated by the proximity of the concentric circles is the same as in 
the case, of 4 poles, but the iron back of the slots now has to carry 
only 10 circles and hence has only "^^^ the magnetic density as in 
the case of 4 poles. There is still the same total flux in the 
machine, since 4 X 15 = 60 = 6 X 10, and this explains why 
the air-gap density stays the same, but this total flux is now 
separated into six magnetic circuits instead of four and hence the 
iron in the core back of the slots is not worked nearly so hard. 

Similarly, in the case of 8 poles there are only 73^ circles, since 
8 X 7J^ = 60, and in the case of 10 poles 6 circles and 12 poles 5 
circles, since 10 X 6 = 60 and 12 X 5 = 60. In other words, 
there is the same total flux in the machine for all these connec- 
tions and the same magnetic density in the air gap, but the core 
iron back of the slots works at a higher density the smaller the 
number of poles and at a lower density the larger the nimiber of 
poles for which the winding is connected. The obvious precau- 
tion to be drawn from this consideration is that when reconnect- 
ing a winding for a smaller number of poles some check should be 
made to insure that the magnetic density in the core does no t exceed 
a safe value. Reference will be made to this in Chapter XII 
on estimating a new winding for an old core. 

2. Generator Action of the Winding. 

This has been referred to several times and will not be elabo- 
rated here beyond calUng attention to the fact that the rotating 
magnetic field will always assume such a value that as it cuts the 
stator coils it will generate in them a voltage practically equiva- 
lent to the applied Une voltage. Since both the number of 
turns in series in the coils and the magnetic density in the iron 
may be varied, there are evidently several combinations that 
would generate the Une voltage, some having more turns and less 
field and some having less turns and more field. The practical 
difference between these combinations would be that the fewer 
the turns and the stronger the field the greater would be the 
maximum torque, this being limited by the saturation of the 



RECONNECTING AN OLD WINDING 



141 



iron in the core. A little thought brings out the fact that this is 
equivalent to raising and lowering the voltage on a fixed winding. 
The higher the voltage the greater will be the magnetic field and 
the greater the torque. This consideration of the generated 
voltage or counter-electromotive force or back electromotive 
force is one of the simplest checks on the number of turns 
required in a winding. 



g 

o 
U 

« 

ct 



o 
O 



•o 

es 

u 
V 

c 



ca 
> 



c 
0« 



100 
90 














• 


^ 
















^ --) 


\A 


.--L- 





>- 


80 
£70 

9 










> 


/ L = Limit of Practical 
^V/otkins Range, Coil should 










/ 


not be chorded below one 
Half Pitch 


260 

c 

O 








/ 














1^50 






/ 


/ 




Per Cent Eleotr'l Chord 
Pitch Degrees Factor 

i ICO ISO LOGO 
; 90 162 0.987 
1 80 144 0.951 
1 70 126 0.891 
■ 60 106 0.8U9 
1 50 90 0.707 
1 40 72 0.588 
1 30 54 0.454 




*-'40 

B 




i 


/ 








30 




/ 










20 


/ 


/ 










10 


/ 










1 20 
1 10 


36 
18 


0.3C9 
0.150 





10 



20 30 40 50 60 70 

Per Cent, of Full Pitch 



80 90 



100 



Fia. 148. — Curve showing the variation of the "chord factor" with the throw 

of the coil. 

3. Changing the Throw. 

The effect of changing the throw has been thoroughly covered, 
and only the effect on the appHed voltage will be shown here as 
a curve, Fig. 148. In this figure full pitch is called 100 per cent. 
For example, in a 72-slot 6-pole motor the winding would be 100 
per cent, pitch if the coils lay in slots 1 and 13, it would be 
66.66 per cent, pitch if the coils lay in slots 1 and 9 or 50 per 
cent, if they lay in slots 1 and 7. The curve indicates how the 
voltage applied to a coil or a winding should be reduced as the 
coil is chorded up if the same magnetic conditions are to be kept, 
or the reciprocal of the curve values indicates how the density 
of the magnetic field will increase if the voltage is held constant 
while the throw of the coils is decreased. . 



142 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

4. All Changes can be Handled as Voltage Changes. 

The statement is here made that any change in the operat- 
ing characteristics of a motor may be reduced to terms of a vol- 
tage change and that if the corresponding voltage be appUed the 
operation imder the new conditions will approximate the normal 
operating conditions under the original conditions. Since there 
are five main operating characteristics — namely, volts, phase, 
poles, cycles and horsepower — a brief r6sum6 is in order stating 
how each one of these may be considered as a voltage change. 
In other words if, for example, the horsepower or phase of a 
motor is to be arbitrarily changed, what will be the new operating 
voltage to seciu*e this result? Taking these characteristics in 
order, a voltage change is self-evident since everything is to be 
reduced to voltage. In the case of a phase change, two to three 
or vice versa, the voltage on a three-phase connection should be 
^ of that on the corresponding two-phase connection. For 
example, if a two-phase motor is connected for three-phase and 
everything else left the same, the three-phase connection should be 
operated at ^ the rated voltage of the two-phase, or a two-phase 
440-volt motor when reconnected for three-phase becomes a 
550-volt motor, etc. In Fig. 149 is shown a 48-coil winding 
grouped for two-parallels two-phase 4-poles, if this winding 
will operate on 220 volts two-phase it will also operate on 660 
volts three-phase when grouped 4-pole series star, as in Fig. 160. 

In the case of a change in the number of poles, if the voltage 
be changed in the same direction and by the same amount as 
the change in speed, the torque will remain essentially constant 
and the horsepower will vary with the speed, being greater at 
higher speed and less at lower speed in exact proportion. How- 
ever, if for reasons explained in connection with Fig. 147, there 
is not enough iron back of the slots to permit of keeping the 
same total flux and dividing it into fewer circuits with greater 
flux per circuit, the voltage may be kept constant and the horse- 
power will remain practically constant. The latter condition 
would mean that there is less total magnetic flux and less torque 
at higher speeds and greater total flux and greater torque at lower 
speeds, as must necessarily be expected since the horsepower is 
constant and horsepower = torque X r.p.m. -r- 5252. 

A varying frequency can be readily reduced to a corresponding 
voltage change by remembering that a change in frequency with- 
out any other change would result in a change in speed and since 



RECONNECTING AN OLD WINDING 



144 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

the basic idea of this method is that the motor is also an alter- 
nating-cmrent generator, generating the applied voltage, it is 
evident that with an increased speed the generated voltage 
will be increased and with decreased speed the generated voltage 
will be decreased. Hence, it follows directly that when the fre- 
quency or cycles of the supply circuit are changed the voltage 
should be changed by the same amount and in the same direc- 
tion. For example, if a 60-cycle motor is run on 50 cycles it 
should have appUed only % the voltage if the same magnetic 
condition is to be kept, and consequently the horsepower will 
be only % of the 60-cycle value. Viewed mechanically, the 
torque remains the same on 50 cycles, but the speed is only 5^ 
as great, hence there is only % the horsepower which checks the 
electrical result. 

There remains only a change in horsepower to be converted 
into a voltage change, and this is apparent from the fact that 
in any motor the horsepower is proportional to the product of 
the voltage and amperes. Since the cross-section of the copper 
conductor remains the same and hence the amperes remain the 
same, the only thing that can vary is the voltage, and it follows 
directly that to get more horsepower out of a motor requires the 
application of a higher voltage and less horsepower will permit 
the use of a lower voltage. 

From these considerations it appears that the effect of a change 
in any of the characteristics of the motor can be balanced by the 
proper change in the voltage. This statement at once arouses 
the comment that while it might be found that 273 volts or 346 
volts or something of the kind was proper to give normal opera- 
tion on a motor under changed conditions of phase or poles or 
what not, still such information would be of Uttle use since there 
are no commercial circuits having such voltage values. The 
answer to this is that the number of turns in the winding or the 
connection of the groups may be changed so as to increase the 
total number of turns in series by the amount that the voltage 
should be decreased; and vice versa j it may be possible to de- 
crease the total number of turns per phase in series by the 
amount that the voltage should be increased. 

Consideration of a simple case under each of the five char- 
acteristics of horsepower, poles, cycles, phase and voltage will 
bring out the manner of applying the "voltage method" to any 
and all changes in the motor-operating conditions. 



RECONNECTING AN OLD WINDING 



145 



•s 

? 

a 



88«qd-OM,J, 



asviid-OMj, 

98«qd-OM,J, 

sianmd 8 
9e«qd-OM,j, 



i(j<t^,-l^Q0,-lC0t^OC0t^Ot^C0Qt^'^Q 

1— I T-H 1— J 



i-< 1-1 i-< 1-H 1-H 



8|9n«j«d z 

98«qd-OM,X 



cq 5 S S 


8 

T-H 


o 

1-H 


CO 


o 


o 

1-H 


o 

1-H 


T-H 


o 

1-H 




s 




s 

1-H 


1-H 


s 


^:S 


00 o 

1-H 


CO 

1-< 


CO 

1-H 




0) 


1-H 
1-^ 


1-H 


CO 
CO 




^ 


CO 


s 

1-^ 


CO 
CO 

1-H 


CO 

1-H 


s 



i-^i-«c^cococoooo 

'T»<OOdCOO'^t^'T»<rH 
fH 1-^ C^ C^ 1-H Cl 



^ 04 S5 o u5 

CO ^ tH 1—^ 




89U98 

asvqd-OMj, 



98«qd-99jqx 



i-iC^cO'T»<iOcOOOOOOQOOOO 
OOCOtJIC^OOO'^OOCSICOO^OOOO 

THC^cO'^'^»-He^'^>ot^Q0i-<c^co^ 




005050500QOt^COQt^COOC^'^t^05i-tC^ 
i-ti-lC^CO'^>3i-tCO»OCOOOOi-«C^CO'^COt^ 

1-H 



08«T{a-O9iqj. 



Cqc0»0c00005OOOOOO»005'^Q0C0t^ 
,-HC^CO'*»OCOC4'T»<cOOOOC4-HC^'i^iOt^OO 

1-H 1-H 



«H9p pnWBd-^ 
98«qd-99iqj, 

«^l9p i9nw«d-8 
98«qd-90jqj, 



^OCOOOC4b»^QU30^000t«tOCOi-HOO 
i-H^'^C5b-OOC^»Ot>.OC^»Oi-^CO»Ot>.050 

T-H 1-H T-H 1-^ 



88«lid-99jqX 



OiOiOOt^COiOCOt^OCOt^Q'^OiCOt^C^'^ 
rHCO«Ot^05»HCOCOOCOCOOCs|'^t^05C^"^ 

fH ^ 1-H 1-H e^ ^_ tH 1-^ 

OQOt^CO'^COOOQOOOt^COi-<00»Ot^ 

C4»ooo»HTj*t^ioo«5o»oocot-'-<'*coi-H 



fH 1-H C4 C^ CO 



1-^ 1-H 1-H C4 



«^I9p-89U88 

08vi{d-90jqx 

j«)8 i9n«i«d-g 
88«qd-09jqx 



SCOCOC40dcOOOQOOOC4'<4<cOOOOCO 
i-Hb-C000Tj4OOOOOOr^'^i-H0QC0C0 
fH 1-H C^C^COt-jC^ CO ^ to CO tH 04 04 CO "^ 



i«^8 pn*'^~9 

88«i{d-90jqx 



iv%9 [anwud-^ 
a8«T{d-e9jqx 

jv^B i9n«i«d-s 
88«qd-99jqx 



t* CO Q t^ CO 
rH CO »5 



CO 00 



OiC0t^»O'^CO»-<04 
0425o0i-<'^t^O4'T»< 



Tj4 »0 »0 
00 O 04 



OOOOOOU3a)'^OOCOOO^Q^O*OQ 
04'^C000O04C0C0OC0t^O04»5t^O04»0 

1-^ 1-H i-< 1-H 1-H 04 1 -H 1-^ 1-^ 



iOQ»OO»OQC0t^OC0C0O»HC0'^»0C000 
04»5t^OC425'^00C0t^'-<C0C0C00504»O00 

T-H 1-H r-H 1-H 1-1 4 04 T-H T-H T-H 



CO t^ 

CO CO 



CO CO o 
04 



S2 



C0t^O00»0C0i-t00c004Tt<»0t^00O 

04 04 CO 



t^ CO 



04 CO O lO 
^ fH 04 04 



i«)8 pnv'^-s 

98«I{d-99jqX 



1«)8 89U9B 
9B«qd-99JqX 



o 

a 
o 
u 



a 

hi 

o 

PE4 



SQQQOOCOeOOcOCOOCOUdOOQCOUd 
O»OO»0O00b-»0'^C0i-ic00400»Oi-Hb« 
T-H1-H0404CO i-h04CO'^>Q i-Hi-H04eOCO 



o o o o o 

O O O O O 



COCOO)04iOOO^Q^ 
t<,Tj4i-H05COCO04»Ob- 



»0 Q 

04 25 



THOlCO-^iOCOi-JCOUSCOoOOi-HOiCOiOOt^ 




• • • ^^ • 

o8 o8 e8 ^ o8 

^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 

O) 0) 0? ^ 0) 

^3 ^0 ^w ^0 







» m OD OQ 

'© 'S IB 'S 

o8 o8 Co w o8 

^ u ti u u 

OS 4 o8 OB oS 

O4 ex C. Cu C. 

C^ ci r}< 16 ci 

<D <D 4) O O 

Sn OQ OQ QQ 

08 08 08 08 

^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 

O4 O4 O4 pi Pu 

<!> <i <i <i 



^^ 



^^ 



^ 



10 



146 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

1. Change in Voltage. 

A motor is connected series-star for three-phase 440 volts, as 
in Fig. 151. How should it be connected for 220 volts? [For 
convenience Table V is here reproduced.] Looking at the table 
and following the horizontal line "Three-phase Series Star," there 
appears under vertical heading "Three-phase Series Star," also, 
the figures " 100." That is to say, the motor as it stands on 440 
volts is considered 100 per cent. The new voltage is to be 220, 
which is 50 per cent, of 440. Hence, the same horizontal line in 
the table, namely, "Three-phase Series Star," is followed along 
until the desired figure of 50 is found, which is imder the ver- 
tical heading "Three-phase 2-Parallel Star." This is the cor- 
rect answer: that is, if a motor is connected three-phase series-star 
for operation on 440 volts, it must be connected three-phase 
2-parallel star, as in Fig. 152, to operate correctly on 220 volts. 

2. Change in Phase. 

Refer again to the table and assume that a three-phase 
440-volt motor is to be reconnected for two-phase 440 volts. 
Inspection shows that the winding as it stands on 440 volts 
is four-pole three-phase series-delta, as in Fig. 153. Select 
the horizontal column in the table marked "Three-phase 
Series Delta" and follow it across, looking for a vertical column 
showing the value "100," since the desired two-phase voltage 
is the same as the present three-phase voltage, or 100 per cent. 
Inspection shows that there is no "100" under any two-phase 
connection. This indicates at once that a three-phase series- 
delta connected motor which is normally operated on 440 volts 
cannot be changed and operated on two-phase 440 volts, with- 
out rewinding. The nearest value to "100" imder a two-phase 
colunm is "70," shown under "Two-phase 2-Parallels." This 
means that if a three-phase 440-volt motor which is connected 
series delta, be reconnected for 2-parallel two-phase, as in Fig. 
154, it should be operated on 70 per cent, of 440, or 308 volts. 

3. Change in Frequency. 

It is desired to operate a three-phase 440-volt 60-cycle motor 
on 50 cycles at the same voltage. What change should be made 
in the connections? Inspection indicates that as the motor 
stands it is connected for three-phase 5-parallel star on 60 cycles. 
A change in frequency should be offset by a change in voltage 
in the same direction and by the same amoimt; hence, if a motor 
is operated on 100 per cent, voltage on 60 cycles, it should be 



RECONNECTING AN OLD WINDING 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



RECONNECTING AN OLD WINDING 149 

connected for % of 100, or 83J^ per cent., voltage on 60 cycles. 
However, the voltage is to remain the same on 50 cycles as on 
60 cycles, so this result must be obtained in another way. If 
the voltage cannot be decreased the number of turns in series 
can be increased. Another way of saying this is that we can 
reconnect the winding so that ordinarily it would be good for a 
higher voltage and then if it is operated on the same voltage the 
efifect will be the same as if a lower voltage had been applied to 
the original connection. In the case in hand the motor should, 
when connected on 50 cycles, be operated on 83J^^ per cent, of 
the 60-cycle voltage. Only 100 per cent, is available, so the 

winding will have to be reconnected with w^i/ = 120 per cent. 

of the original number of turns in series. This would ordi- 
narily mean the winding was good for 120 per cent, of the 
original voltage. Hence, in looking up the change in the con- 
nection table the figure "120" is located instead of SS^i. 

Referring to the table and following the horizontal Une " Three- 
phase 6-Parallel Star" across, search is made for the figure " 120, " 
the nearest thing to it is '' 125, " foimd under the vertical heading 
"4-Parallel Star." The number of poles in the motor would have 
to be divisible by both 4 and 5, in order to make this change 
possible; or, in other words, it would have had to be either 20 
poles or 40 poles. As it may have been 10 poles, for example, 
the nearest connection that could be made would be for 144 

under "Three-phase 2-Parallel Delta." This would mean the 

144 X 440 
correct operating voltage on 50 cycles would be - .^Ty — ~ ^28 

volts; or, if operated on 440 volts, it would be working under 

440 

Vrto = 83J^^ per cent, normal voltage, which would usually not 

be permissible on account of lowered torque and increased heating. 

4. Change in Number of Poles or Speed. 

A 60-cycle three-phase motor is operating on 550 volts at 850 
r.p.m.; it is desired to operate at 690 r.p.m. on the same voltage. 
What change in connections should be made, if any, in addition 
to changing the number of poles? Inspection shows the motor 
is connected 4-parallel star for 8 poles, as in Fig. 155. To get 690 
r.p.m. would require to connect for 10 poles, since this would give 
a no-load speed of about 720 r.p.m. and a full-load speed of about 
690 r.p.m. Since the motor is a generator also, it will generate 



150 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

only okn — = *46 volts when connected for 10 poles and a 

slower speed. However, it is desired to continue at 550 volts, so 
that the connections will have to be changed to get the effect of 

j£Vfl = 123 per cent, of the old voltage. In the table opposite 
the horizontal line "Three-phase 4-ParaUel Star," the nearest 
figure to "123" is "116," which is found in the vertical column 
headed " Three-phase, 2-ParaUel Delta. " Hence, the conclusion 
is drawn that if an 8-poIe motor. Fig 155 is connected three- 



Fio. 16S. — Normal three-phase, eight-pole, four parallel Btar 
phase 4-parallel star and operated on 550 volts and it is recon- 
nected for lO-poles 2-parallel delta, Fig. 156, it may be still 
operated on 550 volts, although, strictly speaking, its normal 

voltage would be ^h-i — =520 volts. In this example 

no consideration was given to the fact that the throw of the coil 
in electrical degrees was changed in changing from S poles to 10 
poles. This can be taken account of in the following way: 

Suppose the motor as it stood had 120 stator slots and the 
coils lay in slots 1 and 13. Full pitch would be 1 and 16, since 
120 
-s- - 15. Since the coils throw 12 slots and full pitch is 15 



RECONNECTING AN OLD WINDING 



12 



151 



slots, the per cent, pitch = ^r = 80 per cent., and from Kg. 148 

the chord factor for 80 per cent, pitch = 0.96. When recon- 
nected for 10 poles, the throw of the coils is still 1 and 13, but this 

120 
is now 100 per cent, pitch sincey^j- = 12 and 1 and 13 does span 

12 slots. Therefore, when connected for 10 poles the coils are 

more effective in the ratio of ^^ri^ since the chord factor for 100 

0.95 




Fio. 156. — Same winding as Fig. 155 reconnected for three-phase, ten-pole 

parallel delta. 

per cent, pitch = 1.00 from Fig. 148. Therefore, when the 
change in chord factor is also taken accoimt of, the new normal 

operating voltage is 520, as obtained in the foregoing, multi- 

1 00 
plied by tt^^ = 548 volts, or almost exactly right for operation 

on 550 volts. 

5. Change in Horsepower. 

A 10-hp. 220-volt motor is operating above the allowable safe 
temperature, on its normal voltage, and it is found by experiment 
that when the voltage is raised to 250 its temperature is reduced 



152 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

to within safe limits. Can any change be made in the connec- 
tions which will allow the motor to be operated still on 220 volts 
and duplicate the conditions when operating on 250 volts? An 
inspection of the winding shows the motor to be connected three- 
phase series delta, as in Fig. 153. The experiment which was 

250 
made showed that the voltag6 should be increased to ^on =114 

per cent, of its original value. It has been pointed out that re- 
ducing the niunber of turns in series in a winding has the same 
effect as increasing the voltage on the same number of turns. 
In this case if the voltage was raised to 114 per cent, the same 

effect could be obtained by reducing the turns to iprr = 87.5 

per cent. Consequently, in referring to the voltage change 
table, in this case, search is made for "87.5" and not "114." 

Selecting, therefore, the horizontal line '*Three-phase Series 
Delta" in the table and looking across the nearest figure to "87.5 
is "86," which occurs under the vertical heading "Three-phase 
Parallel Star." Consequently, the conclusion is at once drawn 
that if a 220-volt motor has its connections changed from series- 
delta. Fig. 153, to parallel-star, Fig. 152, it will act in every way 

220 
as though Q-^ = 256 volts had been applied to the series-delta 

connection. This is equivalent to increasing the horsepower of 
the motor, since on the original connection the motor was over- 
loaded when carrying its rated load, but when the connections of 
the winding were changed the machine could drive its rated full 
load without distress. The reason for this is that, although the 
density of the magnetic flux was increased the cross-section of 
the copper in the winding was increased, consequently the copper 
losses were reduced. The latter being considerably greater than 

the former resulted in a reduced temperature. The capacity in 

256 
horsepower has actually been increased to ^on = 116 per cent. 

of its original value. 

From these five examples, which could be multiplied many 
times and from all sorts of combinations that could be made by 
changing the characteristics in pairs, it can be readily seen that 
any contemplated change can be reduced to an equivalent change 
in the applied voltage and the proper connection, if it is a feasible 
and rational change, selected from the table of phase and voltage 
given herewith. 



CHAPTER XI 

LOCATING FAULTS IN INDUCTION MOTOR WINDINGS 

NOISE AND VIBRATION 

After the coils have been placed in a motor and the cross- 
connections completed according to the desired diagram, a check 
is necessary to insure that the connections are properly made 
before load is put on. The simplest way of making this check 
is to start up the motor and run it Ught on a circuit of the proper 
phase, frequency and voltage. Observation of the behavior of 
the motor under these conditions indicates to the trained ob- 
server whether there are any serious discrepancies in the winding 
or connections. This observation should cover five points; 
namely, speed, noise, mechanical vibration, general heating of 
the whole winding and local heating of one or more separate 
coils. 

The speed, if correct, should be of nearly synchronous value 
when the motor is running without load; that is, equal to cycles 
times 120 divided by the number of poles. 

The motor should give a low himiming noise similar to that 
made by transformers, but there should be no irregular or " growl- 
ing" noise. There may also be a considerable volimie of air noise 
or whistle caused by the ventilating air passing through the air 
ducts in the rotor and stator. The magnetic noise may be 
distinguished from the air noise by the expedient of opening the 
switch for a second or two while the motor is running full speed 
without load. Opening the switch breaks the current and re- 
moves the magnetic field, and consequently the magnetic noise 
ceases, but leaves the rotor running at practically the same speed 
owing to its inertia or stored energy, and hence the windage, or 
air noise, is practically unaffected. In this way, by opening and 
closing the switch two or three times, it becomes readily apparent 
what part of the total sound made by the motor is magnetic 
and what part is windage. It also indicates whether either or 
both of these sounds are abnormal. If the speed is correct and 
the motor makes no more than a reasonable singing or humming 

153 



154 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

noise, the hand should be placed on the frame to note the me- 
chanical vibration. 

If there is noticeable mechanical vibration, it may be due to 
purely mechanical causes or to magnetic causes or possibly to 
both. By opening and closing the switch, as described in the 
foregoing, the mechanical vibration due to the magnetic field 
can be easily separated from that due to strictly mechanical 
causes, because when the switch is open there is no magnetic 
field present. Suppose, for example, that when the motor is 
running at full speed there is a marked vibration or trembling that 
can be felt when the hand is laid on the frame of the motor 
Suppose, then, that when the switch is opened for a second or two 
the vibration disappears and the motor rotates smoothly at 
nearly the same rate of speed. This, then, is evidence that the 
vibration was caused by the action of the magnetic field on the 
stator and rotor. However, if the motor vibrates whether the 
switch is open or closed, it is evidence that the action is purely 
mechanical and is affected little or not at all by the presence of 
the magnetic field. 

When the trouble is traceable to the magnetic field, it may indi- 
cate improper connection of the winding or it may indicate that 
the mechanical clearance between stator and rotor is not sjnn- 
metrical or that there is some similar combination of mechanical 
and magnetic features that is responsible for the vibration notice- 
able. The commonest mechanical causes for vibration are rotor 
out of balance, either standing or running; bent shaft; too great 
clearance between shaft and bearings; unbalanced or eccentric 
coupling or pulley or a combination of two or more of these 
faults. These mechanical conditions are easily determined and 
can be corrected. The commonest causes of mechanical vibra- 
tion due to a combination of mechanical and magnetic conditions 
are rotor out of roimd, stator out of round, too great clearance 
in the bearings, or rarely, xmeven or eccentric air gap or clearance 
between stator and rotor. The latter point seldom gives trouble 
and a pol3rphase motor will practically always run without giving 
any trouble xmtil the bearing wear allows the rotor to strike on 
the stator. Single-phase motors are more sensitive to eccentrici- 
ties in the air gap or clearance between stator and rotor and 
sometimes show a considerable variation in torque in motors 
otherwise dupUcate due to such irregularities. 

There are a number of elements that may cause the rotor or 



LOCATING FAULTS IN INDUCTION MOTOR WINDINGS 155 

stator to be out of round. In the first place there is a slight 
variation due to the punch-and-die work, which may amount to 
0.005 in. between individual pimchings. In the second place 
some allowance around the outside of the punching must be made 
in the fixture or frame in which they are built up so that they will 
assemble readily, and this allows the punchings to stagger more 
or less. In the third place when the punchings are actually 
assembled in the frame, the frame may spring out of shape slightly 
after machining, owing to the release of casting strains when re- 
moving the material in the cut. Of course none of these varia- 
tions is in itself large, but when they all accumulate in the same 
direction, perceptible eccentricity may result amounting to a 
good many thousandths of an inch. This is not serious, since it 
is present to some extent in all motors, but under extreme or 
extraordinary conditions it may cause mechanical vibration. 

Mechanical vibration caused by the windings may be due to 
either the rotor or the stator. For example, in a squirrel-cage 
rotor there may be bad contacts between certain bars and the 
short-circuiting rings, resulting in more resistance in some parts 
of the winding than in others. This in turn affects the distri- 
bution of current in the different bars and hence affects the mag- 
netic field and varies the mechanical pull from point to point. 
Or if the winding on the rotor of a wound-rotor type motor is 
ground in a number of places, it will also cause unequal distri- 
bution of the current in the windings, which in turn causes severe 
vibration during the starting period. However, this generally 
disappears to a large extent after the motor comes up to full 
speed. From this it may be seen that where mechanical vibra- 
tion is absent the conclusion may be drawn that the windings 
are sjnnmetrical and are functioning properly, but where vibra- 
tion is present it may be caused by a niunber of things, some of 
them obscure, and must not immediately be attributed to im- 
proper winding connections until a further examination is made. 

The next point to be observed is the general temperature of 
the entire winding as determined by passing the hand around the 
ends of the windings. It is best practice in making this examina- 
tion to shut down the motor after it has run three to five minutes. 
If the examination is made while the motor is running, care should 
be taken to avoid injury by coming in contact with moving parts 
and also to avoid injury from electric shock, if the circuit is 550 
volts or over. If the winding as a whole is cool, inspection should 



156 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

be made for individual coils that are much hotter than the rest 
of the winding, as these may indicate short-circuits or improper 
connections in that particular coil. 

If a motor is operating freely and easily at the proper speed 
without undue noise or mechanical vibration and if there is no 
general or local heating of the winding, the next step is to meas- 
ure the current in each phase. This may be done a sindicated in 
Figs. 157, 158 and 159. If possible an ammeter should be con- 
nected in each phase so that the readings of all phases may be 
taken simultaneously. For a two-phase motor two ammeters are 
required, as in Figs. 157 and 158, and for a three-phase motor 



Pio. 157.— Two-phaaa, Fio. 158.— Two-phaso, 


Fio. 169.— Three- 


four wire circuit. three wire oirouit. 


phase circuit. 


Meaauring the current in each p 


haae. 



three ammeters are required, as in Fig. 159. The no-load, or 
magnetizing current as it is called, will usually be somewhere 
between 15 and 35 per cent, of the full-load current with an aver- 
age value of perhaps 25 per cent. If the no-load current in all 
phases is equal and approxunately 25 per cent, of the full load, 
it is safe to assume that the winding connections are properly 
made. If a wattmeter is available, a further check might bemade 
on the total watts taken by the motor nmning light, but that 
does not add greatly to the ammeter check. The connections 
for connecting two wattmeters in a two-phase four-wire circuit 
are given in Fig. 160 and for a three-phase circuit in F^. 161. 
The connections for a three-wire two-phase would also be the 
same as those in Fig. 161; where only one wattmeter is available, 
it may be connected into a three-phase circuit with a single-pole 



LOCATING FAULTS IN INDUCTION MOTOR WINDINGS 157 

switch, as in Fig. 162, so that the two readings may be taken by 
simply throwing the switch. In a two-phase circuit the total 
watts will always be the sum of the two readings, hut in a three- 
phase circuit this is true only when the power factor is greater 
than 0.50. Where two wattmeters are used to measure the no- 
load watts of a three-phase motor, the difference of the two read- 
ings gives the correct value of the watts, since the power factor 
of an induction motor at no load is always less than 0.50. The 
watts taken at no load and full speed and voltage cover the iron 
loss, bearing friction, windage and a small amount of copper loss. 
The total no-load watts wiU in general be in the order of 5 per 




Fio. 160.— Two- 
phaae, four-wire oirouit 
with two wattmeters. 

Measuring the total watts. 

cent, to 8 per cent, of the rating of the motor in watts varying with 
the capacity and speed of the motor. The motor rating in watts 
would be the horsepower from the nameplate multipled by 746. 

If the foregoing checks indicate that the motor is not acting 
normally, they should also give some evidence that there is a 
fault in the coils of the winding or in the manner in which these 
coils are connected, and further search is made to analyze the 
nature of this fault so that it may be located and corrected 

The winding of an induction motor is made up of a number 
of similar coils connected into groups. These groups in turn are 
connected in such a manner that when an alternating current 
of the proper characteristics flows through them, a magnetic 
field having alternate north and south poles is set up and caused 
to rotate in the motor. The coil itself is usually made up of 



158 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

two or more turns of wire or strap so that there are at least ten 
chances for defects in the winding after the coils are all in place 
and connected. Some of these faults are simple and readily 
rectified, while others are more obscure and difficult to handle. 

The Ten Most Common Defects. 

These ten most common defects in the order of their likelihood 
are: 

1. The winding grounded on the core. 

2. One or more turns in one or more coils short-circuited. 



a the CI 



3. One or more complete coils short-circuited at the coil ends 
or at the "stubs." 

4. A complete coil reversed or connected so that the current 
flows through it in the wrong direction. 

5. A complete group of coils or pole-phase group is reversed; 
that is, connected so that the current flows through the group 
in the wrong direction, making a north pole where a south should 
be or vice versa. 



LOCATlNa FAULTS IN INDUCTION MOTOR WINDINGS 159 

6. Owing to lack of care in couoting, two or more pole-phase 
groups may include the wrong number of coils. 

7. A complete phase in a three-phase star or delta winding is 
reversed. 

FiQ. 165. — Coils in placB imoonnected. 



Fio. 166. — Coila coQDeotod into Fia. 167. — The flompleted oonneotioa 

pole phase groups. of windins. 

The three Btsgea o! ooODeoting a windins- 

8. The winding connections may be properly made in them- 
selves, but not right for the volt^e upon which the motor is 
to be operated. That is, the motor may be connected properly 
for HO or 440 volts, but the motor is to operate on 220 volts. 

9. The winding connections are properly made, but they are 



160 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



for the wrong number of poles, and hence the motor runs at a 
different speed from that which was intended. 

10. An open circuit somewhere in the winding, or one or more 
coils are omitted and left out of the winding, known as "dead" 
coils. 

The manner in which these various faults occur can be best 
understood by referring to what takes place, first, in winding 
and insulating the coils, and, second, in placing them in the core 
and connecting them. 

Fig. 164 shows a coil of the usual form wound up from several 
turns of wire and insulated ready to be used in the slot; Fig. 163, 




Fig. 168.- 



-Individual coil with insulation removed to show "shorts" and 

"grounds." • 



the operation of winding these coils in place in the core; and Fig. 
165, the coils all in place ready for connecting. The coils con- 
nected into pole-phase groups, with the coil ends at the begin- 
ning of each group bent into the bore and the coil ends at the end 
of each group bent out toward the frame are shown in Fig. 166. 
The cross-connections are made in Fig. 167, thus completing 
the winding connections. Fig. 168 shows the coil in Fig. 164 
as it would appear if the insulation were stripped off and in- 
dividual turns of wire separated. 

Grounds. 

The first fault listed — ^grounding of the winding on the core — 
occurs when in some manner the insulation becomes stripped 
from the coil and also the cotton covering from the wire so that 
at some point, as at A, Fig. 169, the bare-copper conductor 
touches the laminated-iron core and by so doing "grounds" 
the winding. This means that a Uve current-carrying part is 
touching the metal structure of the motor, and when this con- 



LOCATING FAULTS IN INDUCTION MOTOR WINDINGS 161 

dition exists anyone who touches the frame of the motor actually 
touches a live conductor. This may not be detected if the entire 
winding and the supply circuit otherwise is free from grounds, 
but it often happens that other grounds are present somewhere 
in the system so that in standing on the ground and touching 
the frame of the machine the chances are very good of getting a 
shock at a voltage that may equal that of the supply circuit. 



Fia. 109. — Coil grounded on core. 

Referring to Figs. 168 and 169, should two grounds occur 
simultaneously, as for example, at A and B, a short-circuit would 
be formed in the'loop, Fig. 168, from B through 11, 12 ajid 13 to 
A ; and if the normal voltage remained on the motor, this short- 
circuited turn would immediately become hot enough to destroy 
the insulation on the complete coil. This is the second fault 
listed and may occur without grounding by the touching of the 
bare conductor of adjacent turns as at C, where the complete 
short-circuit follows the path of C 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and C. 

Short-Circuits. 

The third fault — short-circuiting a complete coil — can also be 
seen from Fig. 168 and exists when the insulation of the ends of the 
coil 1 and 14 become damaged and allow these two wires to 
touch, as at D. A current then flows in the entire coil, in addi- 
tion to and aside from the line current, equal to the voltage of the 
coil divided by its impedance. In other words, what happens is 



162 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

equivalent to removing that particular coil from the main winding 
where it is generating its share of the useful counter-electro- 
motive force and using up this same generated or induced counter- 
voltage, simply, to force current through the coil itself. This 
coil would heat up practically as fast as would any induction 
motor winding if the rotor was held from rotating and full-Une 
voltage applied to the stator winding. 

Reversed Coil. 

The foiu*th fault occurs when the two leads of a coil are inter- 
changed, as at X, Fig. 170. This has the effect of causing the 
one coil, or in this case coil Y, to ''buck" all the other coils in 
the same pole-phase group. Expressing this in another way, 
the cross-connected coil is trying to produce a magnetic north 
pole when all the other coils in its group are producing a south 
pole. The effect of this is magnetic dissynametry and manifests 
itself, as do most irregularities in winding, in noise and heating. 

Reversed Group. 

The fifth fault, and one that can occur readily in connecting, 
is when an entire pole-phase group is reversed, as at Z, Fig. 170. 
This can be understood from Fig. 166. The beginnings of all 
pole-phase groups are bent in toward the center of the bore, and 
the endings are all bent out. Should one of the ends bent out be 
used as a beginning and the other end as an ending, the entire 
group would be reversed with consequent magnetic distortion 
and trouble due to noise and heating. 

Wrong Grouping. 

The sixth fault is one due wholly to wrong counting in grouping 
the coils. In a three-phase four-pole motor with 48 coils there 
should be in each group 48 -^ (3 X 4) = 4 coils, and the presence 
of 3 coils or 5 coils in any group constitutes the sixth fault as 
they are here listed. This is also shown in Fig. 170, where all 
the groups have 4 coils except A^ and jBS which have 5 and 3 
coils respectively. 

Reversed Phase. 

The seventh fault is present only in the case of three-phase 
motors and consists in reversing the ends of one-third of the 
winding so that one leg of the star or one side of the delta is con- 
nected in such a way that the voltages generated in the three 
phases are only 60 electrical degrees apart, whereas the currents 



WCATim FAULTS IN INDUCTION MOTOR WINDINGS 163 



164 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

supplied from any normal three-phase generator are 120 electrical 
degrees apart, and hence these three voltages and currents cannot 
combine to produce power as they properly should. This can 
be understood by referring to Figs. 172 and 173. Fig. 172 shows 
th6 three voltages generated in a three-phase winding as repre- 
sented by three arrows or vectors arranged 120 deg. apart. If, 
however, one phase of the winding was reversed and the lead con- 
nected to the star point and vice versa, the back, or counter- 
electromotive, force generated in that winding would be reversed 
and would no longer be 120 deg. from the voltages in the other 
two phases, but would be 60 deg. from them, as in Fig. 173. This 





Fig. 172. — Normal winding Fio. 173. — Wrong connection in 

relation. one phase as in Fig. 171. 

Effect of reversing a phase. 

would mean that the magnetic field in the stator, instead of 
being a balanced succession of north and south poles rotating 
and pulling the rotor around, would become unbalanced and 
would no longer rotate properly. According to another method 
of looking at the matter, there would be one field rotating clock- 
wise and another different kind of a field rotating counterclock- 
wise, and the natural result would be that these two fields would 
interfere, and instead of rotating, the motor would remain at a 
standstill, emitting an unusual amount of noise and reaching a 
dangerous temperature in a very short time. 

A four-pole three-phase winding with the B phase reversed is 
shown in Fig. 171. It will be observed that instead of the arrows 
on the pole-phase groups pointing in alternate opposite directions, 
as they should for a correct connection, they point in opposite 
directions in groups of three. Further consideration will be 
given this feature later in this chapter. 



LOCATING FAULTS IN INDUCTION MOTOR WINDINGS 165 

Connected for Wrong Voltage. 

In the eighth fault the winding connections are all made prop- 
erly to form the magnetic poles in their proper sequence, but 
there are only half as many turns in series or perhaps twice as 
many as there should be. When this is discovered, the winding 
may be such as to permit connecting in series instead of parallel 
or vice versa, but under the worst conditions it may be necessary 
to remove the entire set of coils and replace with a new set having 
the proper number of turns for the required voltage. 

Wrong Number of Poles. 

The ninth fault is sometimes overlooked imless the speed is 
taken with a tachometer or speed counter, in which case it is 
readily detected. Its correction is not always either evident or 
simple, but can often be accomplished without change in coils 
by following some one of the various methods described in 
Chapters IV and VIII. 

Open-Circuits. 

The tenth fault, ''open-circuits," may be due to failure to 
solder a joint properly or to a joint being broken mechanically 
after having been once made. "Dead'' coils are usually purely 
inadvertent and are sometimes present without being discovered 
at all. Such an occurrence could hardly happen \mless there 
were a large nimiber of small coils crowded together. 

After the enumeration of the commonest errors made by the 
winder, as outlined above, the next step is to consider them in 
turn with particular reference to how each may be detected and 
corrected. 

First Fault : Grounds. If the ground is fairly low resistance — 
that is, the bare copper of the winding touches the core — the 
defect may be detected by using an incandescent lamp arranged 
as shown in Fig. 174. One of the lamp leads is touched to a bare 
spot on the winding — for example, a terminal connector or a 
"stub" where two adjacent coils are connected — and the other 
is touched to the bare metal of the motor frame at some point not 
protected by paint. If there is a ground present, the lamp lights 
up. Another common method is by "ringing out" with a mag- 
neto similar to that used in telephone work. In this method the 
terminals of the magneto are appUed, one to the winding and the 
other to the frame similar to the procedure in Fig. 174, and the 
handle is turned. If the bell rings, there is probably a ground 



166 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

in the winding. A third method employs a "testing box," 
which is really a transformer for obtaining voltage much higher 
than the normal voltage of the motor under test. These boxes 
give 2,000 or 3,000 or more volts and readily detect grounds on 
windings of 550 volts and below. The test box is so arrsjiged 
that when the terminals are appUed as in Fig. 174, the presence 
of a ground instantly opens a circuit-breaker on the side of the 
box. 

Having established the fact that the winding is grounded by 
some one of the foregoing methods, the next problem is to locate 
in which coil or what part of the winding it has occurred. This 



Fia. 174. — Lamp teat for grounds. 

can sometimes be done by inspection, but sometimes requires 
other means. The most usual of these is to put enough voltage 
on the ground with the lamp device of Fig, 174, or the test box, 
so that the resulting current heats up the contact that is causing 
the ground and it becomes evident through smoke or shght arcing. 
This will generally require two or more lamps connected in par- 
allel. When the ground is definitely located, it is corrected by 
repairing the insulation at this point by retaping the coil, or 
replacing the defective slot cell or whatever may be causing the 
trouble. Sometimes the ground cannot be "smoked out" in 
this manner, and it then becomes necessary to open up the wind- 
ing at two or three places and test out the different pieces to find 
in which one the groimd is present. If it is still not evident, the 



LOCATINO FAULTS IN INDUCTION MOTOR WINDINGS 167 

defective section of the winding is further broken into smaller 
pieces and the search pursued until the trouble is finally run down 
to the individual coil which is defective. It is seldom necessary 
to go so far, as the ground furnishes evidence of its location as 
soon as the voltage is put across it. 

Second and Third Faults: Short-circuit of a few turns in a 
coil, or a single coil completely short-circuited, becomes hot in a 
short time if the motor is run light on normal voltage. Their 
presence can be detected by feeling around the wioding with the 



hand immediately after starting the machine and noting if some 
individual coils are much warmer than others. A device for 
detecting such short-circuits before the rotor is put in the stator 
and without applying any voltage to the winding itself is shown 
in Fig. 175. This device is somewhat similar to a large horseshoe 
magnet excepting that the iron part is built up of laminations, 
or it may be considered as a core-type transformer having a 
primary coil only with one side of the iron core missing. The 
coil is excited with alternating current of suitable voltage, and 
then the complete device is passed slowly around the bore of the 
machine being tested as shown in Fig. 176. In passing around, if 
the testing device passes over any short-cu-cuited turn or coil, 



168 CONNECTim INDUCTION MOTORS 

such ehort-circuit immediately acts as a short-circuited secondary 
coil on a transformer of which the exciting coil on the testing 
device is the primary and whose magnetic circuit is made partly 
by the testing device and partly by the core of the machine under 
test. As in any shortr-circuited transformer, an increased cur- 
rent flows both in the primary and secondary coil and can be 
detected by an ammeter in series with the device or by the heating 



Fio. 176. — Method of using the device shown in Fii- 175. 

that immediately takes place in the defective coil, or by the 
attraction that the short-circuited coil has for a strip of sheet 
iron. By passing the device slowly around the core and observ- 
ing its behavior from point to point, short-circuits can readily be 
detected. This refers particularly to short-circuits in individual 
turns or in one complete coil. A short-circuit of a complete 
pole-phase group is more readily located by a compass test, and a 



LOCATING FAULTS IN INDUCTION MOTOR WINDINGS 169 

short-circuit of an entire phase can be located by a ''balance 
test." 

The ''compass test" referred to in the preceding paragraph 
consists in passing a compass slowly around the bore of the stator 
from which the rotor has been removed and which has the wind- 
ing excited by direct current of the value of about one-third the 
full-load alternating current. The effect of this direct current is 
to set up north and south poles alternately in the phase which is 
excited; and as the compass is passed slowly around the bore its 
needle reverses with the polarity, and by marking the polarity 
plus and minus with chalk marks in the bore, the chalk marks 
immediately indicate the correctness or faults in the winding. 
If it is a two-phase machine, the direct current is put on each 
phase separately and the check is made. For a three-phase star 
winding cause the direct current to flow from each lead to the 
star by making three observations, and mark the polarity only on 
the groups from the lead to the star in each phase separately. 
This can be readily understood by referring to Fig. 177 and 177a. 
For the first observation put the direct-current plus lead on A and 
the minus on the star connection, then pass the compass around the 
bore and mark the polarity of the groups from A to the star 
point with an arrow, the arrow pointing in the same direction as 
the compass needle. For the second observation put the direct- 
current plus lead on B and the minus lead on the star connection 
and passing the compass around marking the polarity of the 
groups from B to the star point. For the third observation put 
the direct-current plus lead on C and the minus on the star, and 
by means of the compass determine and mark the polarity of the 
groups from C to the star point. If the three observations have 
been made correctly, there will be a chalk arrow on each pole- 
phase group of the winding, and if the winding is correctly con- 
nected, these chalk arrows will alternate north and south, as 
shown in the Fig. 177. In case of a short-circuit of a complete 
pole-phase group the compass needle will not be deflected. If a 
three-phase delta winding is being checked, open the delta con- 
nection at one lead, as in Fig. 178, and 178a connect the direct- 
current source in so that the current flows through the three 
phases in series, and if the pole-phase groups be checked for 
polarity, the arrows will reverse as just described for the star 
winding. 

The "balance test" referred to consists in checking each phase 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 




LOCATING FAULTS IN INDUCTION MOTOR WINDINGS 171 




CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



LOCATING FAULTS IN INDUCTION MOTOR WINDINGS 173 

of the winding separately with low-voltage alternating current, 
say 20 per cent, of normal full voltage, and measuring the am- 
peres to check the impedance roughly and see if it is the same in 
all phases. The connections for a star-connected winding are 
made, as in Fig. 179, so that the current can be measured in each 
phase, with an ammeter. The low-voltage alternating-current 
source is, in all cases, connected across one terminal. A, B, or C, 
and the star as in the figure. The ammeter should read the 
same in all three leads. For a delta-connected winding it is 
necessary to open the delta connections at some point, as at A, 
then test across each phase separately. This test is made on the 
stator only and with the rotor removed. 

Fourth and Fifth Faults: Reversal of one or more coils in a 
group or group of coils. It happens that individual coils or 
sometimes entire groups are connected in backward. If the 
error is confined to one coil it does not usually show up on a 
''balance test" and would not be found on a resistance test, 
since the resistance would be the same no matter which way the 
coil was connected. Such reversed coils or groups can be located 
by means of the compass test described under "Short-Circuits." 
If an individual coil is reversed, it will show a tendency to reverse 
the compass needle when the needle is directly over that coil. 
If an entire pole-phase group is reversed, the compass needle 
will indicate the same direction of field on three successive groups, 
as at Z, Fig. 180. Also if a coil is left out of circuit, or "dead," 
as listed under the tenth fault, the compass needle will indicate 
an irregularity at the instant of passing over that particular coil. 
By checking the three phases of a three-phase winding separately, 
with a compass, as described under the second and third faults, 
it is possible to check for the reversal of an entire phase. 

Sixth Fault : This is the case where one coil too many or too 
few is connected in a pole-phase group, as at A' and B', Fig. 180. 
The best check on this is a visual inspection and count of the 
"stubs" at the end of each group, and when the trouble is located 
it is corrected by disconnecting, regrouping and reconnecting. 

Seventh Fault: The reversal of an entire phase in a three- 
phase winding usually manifests itself in a very pronounced man- 
ner when the motor is run light. If the rotor turns over at all 
it is probably at a speed very much less than normal and emits a 
loud, growling noise and immediately becomes hot. This fault 
may also be detected by the compass test, as described under 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



LOCATING FAULTS IN INDUCTION MOTOR WINDINGS 175 

faults two and three. The arrows on the windings will point in 
groups of three in opposite directions, as in Fig. 181. The remedy 
when the defect is found is to open the star point and use the star 
point on the defective phase, which is the B phase in Fig. 181, for 
a lead and bringing the end that was a lead to the star, thus giv- 
ing the connection. Fig. 177. In a two-phase winding there is no 
trouble with reversed phase for the reason that if the direction 
of rotation of the motor is wrong, the leads may be easily 
reversed outside of the motor and the correct rotation secured. 

Eighth Fault : Connection for wrong voltage. If a motor is 
connected for a lower voltage than the circuit upon which it is 
operating, the no-load current becomes excessive and may even 
approach full-load value. There is a pronounced magnetic hum 
and a vibration indicating that the field is very strong, which is 
the case. On the other hand, if the motor is connected for a 
higher voltage than that upon which it is being tried, the no-load 
current is very small and the motor apparently ''pulls out" on 
much less than its rated full load. If these faults are a matter of 
half-voltage or double voltage, for example, they can usually be 
detected without much trouble; but if the variation is less, this 
becomes a more difficult matter and in the absence of any other 
official data it sometimes becomes necessary to take a brake test 
to determine what the trouble is. After the difficulty and its 
extent have been determined, a reconnection of the groups can 
usually be made which will give the proper operating conditions. 
For example, if it is found that the winding is connected series- 
star as in Fig. 177, and the motor is connected for 440 volts, 
when it is to be operated on a 220-volt circuit the winding should 
be changed to parallel star, as in Fig. 182, and the operation will 
be normal. 

Ninth Fault : The easiest way to detect a connection for the 
wrong number of poles is to run the motor light and take the 
speed with a tachometer or speed counter. When it is found that 
the winding is connected for the wrong number of poles, the pos- 
sibiUty of reconnecting can be determined by methods suggested 
in Chap. X. 

Tenth Fault: Open-circuits are manifest from the fact that 
the motor will not start, but acts as if it were operating single- 
phase. It is easy to determine, in a star-connected winding, in 
which phase the open-circuit exists by connecting all phase leads 
to the starting transformer and opening them one at a time to 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



LOCATINQ FAULTS IN INDUCTION MOTOR WINDINGS 177 



178 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

see in which lead no current is flowing. In Fig. 183 assume that 
the open is in phase C at X. Then if lead A is open, no current 
will flow through the motor, since the path is from B to C and 
is open at X. If the B lead is disconnected with A, and C con- 
nected, no cxirrent can flow, since the C phase is still in circuit. If 
C is disconnected with A and B lead connected in circuit, then 
C, the defective phase, will be cut out of circuit and current will 
flow in the A and B windings of the motor and it will act as if 
operating single-phase, which will be indicated by the motor 
emitting a humming sound. When the defective phase is located, 
it is not always apparent just where the break is. A visual in- 
spection may fail to show the break on account of tape over the 
defect or for some other reason. If this point cannot be located 
by inspection, a simple method of finding it electrically is indi- 
cated by referring to Fig. 183. A test voltage somewhat lower 
than normal or whatever is convenient is then applied to B and C, 
and a suitable voltmeter is used to measure the voltage between 
B and various points along the C phase, as, for example, 1, 2, and 
3, which are chosen at random along the "studs," or coil-to-coil 
connections, or on the group cross-connections, as in the figure. 
With the condition as shown in Fig. 183, assume that 110 volts 
has been applied to the B and C terminals of the winding, as 
shown. If one lead from the voltmeter be attached to B and the 
other lead touched successively to C and 1, 2 and 3, the voltmeter 
will read 110 volts between B and C, B and 1, B and 2, and zero 
volts between B and 3, since the C phase is open at X. The con- 
clusion is immediately and properly reached that the break is 
between 2 and 3 and with the inspection narrowed down to this 
small section of the winding the break is usually apparent. How- 
ever, should the break not be discovered by inspection, points can 
be selected with finer steps between 2 and 3 and voltage readings 
taken until the defect is narrowed to the exact coil or piece of 
cross-connection where it exists. 

In the case of a delta connection one of the simplest ways to 
detect an open-circuit would be to open the connection at one 
terminal of the delta, such as A in Fig. 178, and connect a test 
circuit across the open. If the winding is open no current will 
flow. The phase with the open in may be located by testing 
across each phase separately. If a lamp is used to make the test, 
the defective phase will be indicated by failure of the lamp to 
light. After the faulty phase has been located, the location of 



LOCATINO FAULTS IN INDUCTION MOTOR WINDINGS 179 



180 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

the defect can be detennined as for the star connection, Fig. 183. 
There are all manaere of parallel-star and other groupings in 
which it is difficult to locate an open-circuit, since an open in one 
parallel group does not open the circuit through the phase, but 
in only one of the parallel groups. For example, in Fig. 184 an 
open in phase C at X will not open the phase between terminals 
B and C, but only through C". Therefore, to detect the open 
group it will be necessary to break the winding up into its parallel 
groups and test each group separately. The defective phase 
could be detected by the balance test as previously described. 



Fio. 184. Fia. 185. 

Fta. 184 and 185. — IiocBtiuE open circuits in parallel delta coanection. 

Firet, open the delta connection, for example, at A, Fig. 185, 
then apply the low-voltage alternating current between points 
A and B and measure the current with an ammeter, test between 
A and B, B and C and between C and At- The phase with the 
open circuit, which in this case is C, will show a lower reading 
than the other two phases, after which all that is necessary is 
to break the phase up into its parallel groups and test the defect- 
ive group for opens, as explained in Fig, 183. 

Usual Order of Locating Defects. 

These are the defects that commonly occur and the usual 
method of locating ttem. In checking for these defects the order 
usually observed is as follows : After the winder has completed 
the connection of the entire winding, his work is checked, pref- 
erably by a second winder, against the winding diagram speci- 
fied for that particular job. The coils per group are counted and 
a visual inspection made for short-circuits, open circuits and 



LOCATING FAULTS IN INDUCTION MOTOR WINDINGS 181 

reversed coils, groups or phases. A balance test is made on the 
stator alone with low voltage to see if, roughly, the same current 
flows in the various phases. A high-voltage test is then made on 
the insulation to insure that the coils are not grounded on the 
iron core, or that there is no short-circuit between the conductors 
of the different phases. If everything is satisfactory up to this 
point, the rotor is then assembled in the stator and the machine 
prepared for a running test. The resistance of the winding is 
measured on all phases, and if alike, the machine is passed for 
running test without load. Sufficient voltage is applied to start 
the rotor, and if it comes up to speed quickly without apparent 
distress or irregularity of any kind, the speed is checked, to verify 
whether the winding has the proper number of poles. The tem- 
perature of the winding is then tested with the hand, passing com- 
pletely around the machine and using care that the rotating 
member and its parts do not strike the observer. If neither 
general heating nor hot spots are observed, the voltage is raised 
to normal and the no-load current in all phases and the total 
watts are read. If these values check with the previous tests on 
similar machines or with calculations, the windings are considered 
to be correctly connected. If the motor does not readily come 
up to speed or the phases do not balance or there are signs of 
unequal heating in the winding or other distress, the rotor is 
removed and the connections again checked. If the error is 
still not apparent and a source of direct current is available, the 
compass test may be applied. Having exhausted this resource 
without avail, the problem is one that can be solved only by 
some expedient at the command of an experienced designing 
engineer, but such appeals are very seldom required, as the 
trouble usually appears from the simple tests described. 



CHAPTER XII 

HOW TO FIGURE A NEW WINDING FOR AN OLD CORE 

It is felt by the author that this book is not quite complete 
without giving some idea of how a winding may be figured for 
a given core without reference to any winding that might pre- 
viously have been on the core, but simply with a view to getting 
a given horsepower out of it at a given voltage, speed, phase and 
frequency. Obviously in a chapter with the limited space as- 
signed to this one, there cannot be attempted a complete treatise 
on the design of induction motors with detailed methods of cal- 
culation which will make him who reads a finished designer. 
There are many excellent books on this subject and a few which 
are so written as to be useful to the practical man in his work, 
If the foregoing chapters have aroused suflScient interest in the 
general matter of design, some of these longer works can be 
consulted for an exhaustive treatment of the entire subject. 
The author feels, however, after personal knowledge of many 
cases of windings roughly estimated by practical winders which 
performed satisfactorily, that an approximate idea of what is 
required in a winding to do a certain job can be had without 
involving so great a mass of calculation that errors creep in 
through the volume of fig\u*es alone, or without an advanced 
theoretical training in all the phenomena of alternating cur- 
rents which are involved in the operation of induction motors. 
It should be understood that with the short cut methods and 
the abbreviated consideration herewith presented, it is not in- 
tended or expected that anyone will produce finished and ele- 
gant designs; but it is believed that in an emergency, when time 
is of the essence of the consideration and some chances can cheer- 
fully be taken, the niethod presented will give an approximation 
to the correct winding which will be satisfactorily operative in 
a high percentage of cases. If the writer is checked by his 
peers, the designing engineers, he should Uke to have it under- 
stood thal^ he is not attempting to tell all the experience he has 
accumulated nor to elaborate a new system of design calculation, 

182 



HOW TO FIGURE A NEW WINDING FOR AN OLD CORE 183 

but he is attempting to tell our friends^ whose concern it is to 
make motors run and keep them running, what they may do to 
help themselves when all these designing engineers are a thousand 
miles away and the job has to be running next week. Therefore 
in this discussion while reference is made to all the points consid- 
ered by the designing engineer only those points are covered in 
detail which it is felt are the most vital and these are handled in 
as elementary a manner as possible. 

Effect of the Winding on the Performance. 

The performance of an induction motor is made up of a number 
of different things. It must be able to start its load without 
drawing from the supply circuit an abnormal amount of current. 
It must be able to carry its load, as long as it runs, with a reason- 
able temperature rise and at a reasonable power factor. 

It must have a good efficiency, that is to say it must not draw 
from the supply circuit an amount of energy greatly in excess of 
that represented by the work being done. It must have as much 
mechanical clearance as possible between the stationary and 
rotating members so as to increase the life of the bearings. It 
must have a momentary overload capacity of from one and one 
half to two times normal full load torque without "pulling out" 
or stalling. And it must have all these things without an appreci- 
able amount of noise due to magnetism or windage. Some of 
these characteristics may be favored at the expense of others as, 
for example, it is possible to get a high power factor at the 
expense of having a very small clearance between stator and 
rotor, or it is possible to have a high efficiency at a cost of low 
starting torque and high starting current. For this reason in 
selling motors the selling talk is often confined to those points 
which are high in that particular design and the corresponding 
points of disadvantage are dwelt upon lightly; but to get a true 
comparison of the relative merits of two competitive ratings or 
designs all these points must be considered and given their due 
weight in view of the service in which it is intended to use the 
motor. 

It is understood that all these characteristics are affected in 
various ways by the different features of the design, that is to 
say by the axial length of the iron core as compared to the rotor 
diameter, or by the number of slots, or the kind and thickness of 
the laminated steel used and matters of this kind; but the thing 



184 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

which has the greatest effect and which can most easily be modi- 
fied is the number of turns in the stator or primary winding. In 
figuring this detail, which is of prime importance, it is therefore 
wise to have at all times a mental picture of what happens to 
each characteristic when the cross-section of the conductors or 
the number of turns in the primary winding is changed. In 
order to summarize this quickly the various characteristics are 
listed in order and considered separately. The main consid- 
erations in the operation of any induction motor are — starting 
torque, starting current, air gap or clearance, power factor, effici- 
ency, heating, maximum torque, or pull out, noise, and mechani- 
cal vibration. 

If there were two motors which were exact duplicates in ma- 
terials and all mechanical dimensions, except that one motor had 
more turns in the winding than the other, when comparing the 
characteristics just named, the motor having the most turns 
would have a lower starting torque and a lower starting current. 
It would probably have a higher power factor. It might have a 
higher or a lower efficiency for the reason that the copper loss 
would be higher and the iron loss lower and whichever one pre- 
ponderated would determine whether the efficiency was higher 
or lower, in other words, whether the copper loss increased faster 
than the iron loss decreased and vice versa. Similarly the heat- 
ing would be more or less, depending on the sum of the losses. In 
general this motor would be a little more quiet and have less 
tendency toward mechanical vibration. 

On the other hand, considering the motor with the fewer num- 
ber of turns, it will have relatively, a higher starting torque and a 
higher starting current. It will probably have a lower power 
factor. It will have a higher or lower efficiency depending on the 
proportion of iron to copper loss, as explained in the preceding 
paragraph; similarly, the heating will vary with the amoimt of 
total losses. This motor would have a tendency to be noisier and 
have more mechanical vibration. 

It will be noted that these changes are the same as would occur 
if the voltage were raised or lowered on any motor. Increasing 
the number of turns in a winding has the same effect as lowering 
the voltage and decreasing the number of turns has the same 
effect as raising the voltage on the winding. This can be seen 
from Pig. 186 where three windings are shown across 100 volts in 
parallel. Winding number 1 has eight turns in series and there 



HOW TO FIGURE A NEW WINDING FOR AN OLD CORE 185 

are 12-J^ volts effective on each turn. Winding No, 2 has ten turns 
and there are 10 volts effective on each turn; similarly winding 
No. 3 has 12 turns and the effective voltage on each turn is 8 J-^ 
volts. Since the performance of the motor as regards torque 
and other characteristics is proportional to the voltage per turn 
in the winding, the No. 1 or 8 turn winding will operate as if on 
over-voltage and the No. 3 or 12 turn winding will operate as if on 
undervoltage. Expressing this another way, if we consider the 
No . 2 winding as the normal winding for 100 volts the No. 1 winding 
on 100 volts would operate and give the same result as the No. 2 
winding if there were 125 volts applied to the No. 2 winding and 
similarly the No. 3 winding on 100 volts would operate and give 
the same result as would the No. 2 winding if the No. 2 winding had 




Fig. 186. — The voltage per turn or "transformer volts" on a winding. 

83}'i volts applied to it. From this it may be seen that perhaps 
the most essential thing to determine in figuring a winding is the 
proper number of turns in series in the stator winding which will 
be put across the line voltage. Another vital consideration is the 
cross section of the copper wire or conductor used in the winding, 
necessary to carry the amperes required to develop the desired 
horsepower. In order to get an idea of all the points which have 
to be considered in making the complete design of an induction 
motor a brief enumeration is here given of the different items 
considered by the designing engineer with a brief statement of 
how and why each is taken in to account. 

1. Diameter and length of laminated iron core necessary to get 
the horsepower desired at the given speed and voltage. 

2. Magnetic flux or field required to generate the line voltage. 

3. Number of turns of wire in series in the stator winding 
which, when cut by the rotating field, will generate the line volt- 
age. 

4. Cross-section of stator conductor to carry the current re- 
quired to develop desired horsepower at the power factor and 
efficiency that the design will probably give. 



186 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

5. Number and size of stator slots, width and depth, to ac- 
commodate winding (3) and (4) when insulated for the required 
voltage. 

6. Magnetic densities in the stator teeth, core, rotor teeth, core 
and air gap due to magnetic field (2). 

7. Magnetizing or no load current required to set up the field 
mentioned in (2) with the number of turns in (3) with lengths 
of path required by (1) and (5). 

8. Iron loss due to densities (6J. 

9. Iron loss due to primary slot openings. 

10. Number and size of slots in rotor. 

11. Is rotor winding squirrel cage or phase wound. 

12. Figure rotor volts and amps, if phase wound. 

13. Figure "SUp" or rotor copper loss. 

14. Figure stator copper loss. 

15. Estimate bearing friction and windage. 

16. Figure leakage reactance for stator and rotor slots and coil 
ends, also zigzag, and belt, or differential leakage. 

17. From (7) and (16) figure power factor. 

18. From (13) and (16) figure starting and maximum torque. 

19. From output and (8), (9), (13), (14) and (15) figure 
efficiency. 

Since the consideration for the moment assumes an old core 
which already exists, many of these things are already deter- 
mined and some can be assumed. The facts that require check- 
ing in determining a new winding for new conditions of speed or 
horsepower or voltage or phase or frequency, and which may be 
considered as fundamental are: 

1. Is the core large enough to wind for the horsepower and 
speed that is desired? 

2. Is there cross-section of iron enough below the slots to carry 
the magnetic field that is needed in the air gap to do the work 
desired? 

3. How many turns are required in the stator winding? 

4. What should be the cross-section or size of the wire or con- 
ductor used in the stator winding? 

5. What should be the cross-section of the bars in the rotor and 
what should be the cross-section of the resistance rings at the 
ends of the rotor bars, assuming a squirrel-Cage rotor winding? 

6. Will the rotor diameter permit operating at the proposed 
r.p.m.? 



HOW TO FIGURE A NEW WINDING FOR AN OLD CORE 187 

These are comparatively few questions that can be readily 
answered and broad general limits laid down against which the 
individual case can be checked. This will assume some points 
but in general if the winding falls within these Umits the motor 
will be sufficiently operative to fill the immediate requirement. 

Proceeding at once to the determination of these quantities 
(1) is answered by checking the so-called "output coefficient," 
that is to say, the horsepower of which a given core is capable at 
a given r.p.m. This may be expressed by the formula: 

Hp. = KXD^XLX r.p.m. 

Where K is the so called "output coefficient" which varies 
somewhat with the size and speed of the motor and the operating 
voltage, D = diameter of the stator bore in inches, L = axial 
length of the laminated iron core in inches measured parallel 
to the shaft and r.p.m. = revolutions per minute. Suitable values 
for this output coefficient may be found in several textbooks but 
perhaps the most convenient reference is to the Standard Hand- 
book published by McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc. The table given 
in Section 7 paragraph 246 of the fourth edition is reproduced 
herewith. 

Table X. — Output Coefficient Values 



Pole pitch 
in in<uies 


Values of output coefficient, K, when output is expressed in horsepower, 
linear dimensions in inches, and speed in rev. per min. 




4 pole 


8 pole 


12 pole 


16 pole 


20 pole 


24 pole 


5 




0.000025 

0.0000320 

0.000039 

0.0000436 

0.0000482 

0.0000505 


0.0000205 
0.0000331 
0.0000394 
0.0000438 
0.0000484 


0.0000263 
0.0000331 
0.0000394 
0.0000440 
0.0000486 


0.0000254 
0.0000331 
0.0000394 
0.0000443 


0.0000246 


7 
10 
12 
16 
20 


0.0000222 
0.0000330 
0.0000392 
0.0000434 
0.0000454 


0.0000331 
0.0000394 
0.0000443 



The following example is given to illustrate the use of this 

table. A stator core having a bore of 17 inches and an axial 

length of 6 inches was brought into a repair shop and a request 

made to put in a winding for 50 hp. at about 730 r.p.m. on 25 

cycles. To determine whether it was phjrsically possible 

the following calculation was made. Pole pitch in inches = 

Diameter XS.U 17X3.14 -^ ^ rnu ^n ^ ^u- • 

jTf — I ^ — r~ = A = 13.4. The nearest figure to this in 

Number of poles 4 ^ 



188 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

the table above is 12 inches and opposite 12 inches under 4 poles 
is the figure .0000392. Then the horsepower that this core will 
develop at 730 r.p.m. is given by the equation: 

h.p. = .0000392 X 17« X 6 X 730 = 49.6 

Hence the conclusion is reached that this core would wind 
satisfactorily for 50 hp. at 730 r.p.m. since the output coefficient 
for 13.4 inches would be a Uttle greater than for 12 inches in 
the table which was used in the trial calculation. 

The second question as to whether there is sufficient cross 
section of iron in the core between the bottom of the slots and the 

NORTH 




Sfcitor 
laminaHons 



Fig. 187. — Cross-section of two-pole motor showing distribution of magnetic field. 

outside periphery can be determined by figuring the actual 
amount of magnetic flux per pole that must be set up to do the 
required work. This can be readily understood by a reference 
to Figs. 187 and 188, which illustrate the manner in which the 
magnetic flux is divided into as many groups or circuits as 
the motor has poles. In passing from the stator to the rotor 
through the teeth, then behind the rotor slots and back to the 
stator and again behind the stator slots to the starting point, it 
will be noted that there must be enough iron behind the slots to 
to carry the flux or the motor will overheat. Referring again to 
Fig. 188 it is evident that the more poles the motor has, the less 
iron is required in the core behind the slots of both stator and 



HOW TO FIGURE A NEW WINDING FOR AN OLD CORE 189 

rotor. Therefore, the correct way to determine this point is to 
figure the amount of magnetic flux per pole and figure the cross 
section of the core behind the slots and see that there are not 
more than 80,000 to 100,000 magnetic lines per square inch and 
if so, and other conditions are proper, the core should be satis- 
factory for the assumed conditions of the winding. Here we are 
confronted with a peculiar problem which often faces the de- 
signer, which is, that he must know part of his answer before he 



MAQNETIC 
FIELD UHES 
OR FLUX 



STATOR 
PUNCHING OR 
LAMINATION 




FiQ. 188. — Core section, showing effect on magnetic field by changing number 

of poles. 

can solve the problem and find the rest of it. In other words 
the amount of magnetic flux in the core will depend on the num- 
ber of turns of wire in the coils and the problem which he is 
trying to solve is how many turns should be put in the coils. 
So it is apparent that he must either guess the number of turns 
required and find out if the amount of magnetic flux is reasonable 
or else he must figure how much flux can be carried in the core he 
is using and from that figure check back and see how many turns 
are required in the winding to give this magnetic result. When 
the number of turns is settled and the cross-section of the copper 



190 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

is figured for the desired horse power and voltage, there is at 
once a question whether the slots will accommodate that many 
conductors of that cross-section after taking room enough to 
allow for the insulation required on the coil at that particular 
voltage. If the result is unfavorable and the copper so figured 
will not go in the slot at all, it means that the motor is not good 
for that much horsepower and the desired rating will have to be 
reduced. The number of turns cannot readily be reduced as 
that would mean more magnetic flux and the core back of the 
slots is already figured for 80,000 to 100,000 lines per square inch 
which is all it will stand. The reason why the number of con- 
ductors and the magnetic flux are tied in together in this way is 
because the conductors which are in series, when cut by the 
rotating magnetic field must generate or produce practically line 
voltage. This fact has been referred to many times in previous 
chapters. 

The formula for the field flux per pole or per magnetic circuit is 
45 000,000 X Volts per phase 

ux p p — Qy^^^y^ Conductors per phase X KiX K% 

where 

Volts per phase = line volts in the case of a two-phase winding 

or a delta-connected three-phase winding 

and = — :r-j^ — in the case of a star-connected 

three-phase winding. 
Cydes = the frequency of the supply circuit as 

expressed in cycles, that is, 60 or 25 or 
whatever the circuit may be. 

Conductors per phase = number of wires per slot which are 
in series X number of slots -^ number of phases. ^ 

Ki is a so-called "distribution factor" and is .905 for two-phase 
and .955 for three-phase. 

Kt is the so-called "chord factor'' and depends on the pitch or 
throw of the coil. Its technical value is the sine of one-half 
of the electrical angle spanned by the coil. 

A practical method of getting this factor which is close enough 
for general purposes is to use the expression 

Chord factor = Ki = 



4 



Number of slots per poley'-2{N umber of slots dropped) 



(Number of slots per poUy 



HOW TO FIGURE A NEW WINDING FOR AN OLD CORE 191 

or taking a concrete example: suppose there is a 72 slot motor 
wound for six poles and having a coil throw of 1 and 8, what is 
the chord factor or K±, which is under discussion? Since there 
are 72 slots and six poles there are 12 slots per pole and full pitch 
would be slots 1 and 13. Winding 1 and S drops 5 slots and 
thus our formula above becomes the square root of twelve squared 
minus two times five squared divided by twelve squared, or 
mathematically 



1 12* - 2(5)' _ j lM'- 50 _ / 94 
\ 12* V 144 ^144 ' 



.80 



To illustrate how this flux formula is applied, assume a core 
having dimensions as shown in Fig. ISd which it is desired to 



Fio. 189,— Stator oore in frame. 

wind for 50 h.p., 25 cycles, 3 phase, 4 poles, 440 volts and 730 
r.p.m. full load speed. The outside diameter of the stator 
laminations = 25^ in., the inside bore D of the stator laminations 
= 17 in. The axial length of the core L = 6^ in. but it con- 
tains two ventilating ducts each ^ in. wide so that the net iron 
core length = 6 in. The primary slots are 1.7 in. deep, so that 
the dimension C or the radial depth of the latninations below the 
slots = (25H - 17) -^ 2 - 1.7 = 2.55 in. and the actual cross- 
section of the core below slots through which all of the flux per 
Note. — Do not figure the new winding from the core density alone, but 
check the density in the teeth also, as cautioned on page 194, since the 
density in the teeth is frequently the limiting factor. 



192 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

pole must pass is equal to C X L or id this case 2.55 X 6 = 
15.3 square inches. A reference to Fig. 188 indicate that 
when the Sux per pole passes from the rotor into the stator, it 
divides and half goes one way and half the other way. Hence 
in the present case the total available cross section of u-on to 
cany the flux per pole is not 15.3 square inch^, but twice that 
or 30.6 square inches. As stated above 80,000 Unas per square 
inch is a permissible density, so that a total flux per pole of 30.6 
X 80,000 can be used or 2,448,000 lines. The only other factor 
missing from the flux per pole formula which is necessary to give 



Fio. 189a.— Section of sUtor core, 

at once the total number of conductors per phase is the chord 
factor. This depends upon the slots in which the two sides of 
any coil are placed. In the core which is under consideration 
there are 48 slots and since a 4-pole winding is under calculation, 
the full pitch for the winding would be slots 1 and 13. Full 
pitch is too long mechanically and some space endwise can be 
saved and some copper as well by chording it a few slots, so for 
illustration it is assumed that the coils lie in slots 1 and 10. 
Using the approximate formula given for chord factor above, 
this factor becomes 



HOW TO FIGURE A NEW WINDING FOR AN OLD CORE 193 

Expressing the flux per pole formula in terms of conductors 
per phase, this expression follows: 

Conductors per phase = 

45,000,000 X volts per phase 

cycles X flux per pole X chord factor X dist. fact. 

Remembering that the distribution factor for 3 phase equals 
.955 and substituting the values calculated above, and assuming 
a delta connected winding, 

Conductors per pha^e = 

45,000 000 X 440 ^ 

25 X 2,448,000 X .93 X .955 

Since there are 3 phases, there will be required a total number of 
conductors 3 X 362 = 1086 and since there are 48 slots there 
will be 1086 -r- 48 = 22.6 conductors per slot. What a designer 
would do in this case would be to either wind 22 conductors per 
slot and throw the coil 1 and 11 instead of 1 and 10 or else wind 
it 24 per slot and throw the coil 1 and 9, either of which would 
be a good winding without much difference between the two. 

The reason for this is that there are 2 coils per slot and hence 
with 22 wires per slot there would be 11 wires in each coil. As 
the wires are arranged in 2 or 3 layers, 11 would not be exactly- 
divisible by either 2 or 3, hence, in the case of a two layer coil 
there would be one layer of 5 wires and one layer of 6 wires side 
by side, or in the case of a 3 layer coil there would be 2 layers of 
4 wires each and one layer of 3 wires. Either of these arrange- 
ments would be wasteful of space and hence it would be prefer- 
able to have 12 wires per coil which is evenly divisible by either 
2 or 3. If the coil is wound in slots 1 and 11 the chord factor is 
.97 and if it is wound in 1 and 9 the chord factor is .866. Hence, 
the real, effective number of wires in one case is 22 X .97 = 
21.3 and in the other case is 24 X .866 = 20.78 which would 
give very close to the same result so far as torques are concerned. 

In this calculation it was noted that the figure 440 was used 
for the voltage. This assumed a series delta connection. If, 
for example it had been desired to connect the winding in two 
parallel delta for the same voltage, there would have been re- 
qurired twice as many conductors per phase and each conductor 
would have had one half the cross section, since there would be 
two paths in parallel for the current instead of one in series. 

13 



194 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

Similarly, if the winding was to have been connected in series 

star instead of series delta the voltage used in the equation would. 

"\ have been 440 -^ 1.73 = 254 instead of 440. Hence, in the re- 

suit, the conductors required per phase would have beeuys^ 

= 209 instead of 362. It is well to remember this fact: that 
with a star connection only about one half as many turns are 
required in series as with a delta connection. It sometimes 
makes an easier coil to wind and a coil which is mechanically 
stiffer and stronger, if less turns of a larger size wire can be used. 
This is one of the principal reasons why a star connection is 
used much more frequently than a delta connection. 

Having found the number of conductors per slot from the above 
equation there would seem to be nothing more to do but figure 
the required cross section of the conductor to carry the full load 
current, and the space required for insulation and see if the coil 
so figured and insulated would go into the slot. There is a check 
calculation that should be made first to see how hard the iron 
is working in the stator teeth. The calculation that was made 
concerned itself only with the density of the magnetic flux in 
the stator core behind the slots and was checked first to make 
sure the required field had room to get through the core. -How- 
ever, before accepting this figure the teeth should be checked also 
to see how hard they are working. This is a simple check from 
the figures already employed. The diameter of the stator bore 
of the core under calculation is 17 in- The depth of the slots is 
1.7 in., therefore the diameter to the middle of the slot = 18.7 in. 

and the slot pitch at this point or the dimension P from Fig. 189a, 

iQ 7 V ^ 14 
C = ^ — = 1.22 in. The slot width W = .65 in. Hence 

the tooth width P—TT = 1.22 — .65 = .57 in. and since the net 
core length L = 6 in., the cross section of one tooth at its mid- 
section = 6 X .57 = 3.42 square inches. There are 48 teeth 
total and 4 poles, hence there are 12 teeth per pole through 
which the magnetic flux of one pole may pass. Therefore, the 
total iron cross section of 12 teeth = 12 X 3.42= 41.04 square 
inches. It was calculated above that there were 2,448,000 
magnetic lines per pole and it would seem that all that was ne- 
cessary to check the tooth density would be to divide this figure 
by 41.04. This is not the case as in the core for the reason that 
all the teeth do not carry the flux equally but those in the center 



HOW TO FIGURE A NEW WINDING FOR AN OLD CORE 195 

of a pole at a given section carry a maximum and those half way 
between poles carry nothing so that in order to take care of the 

maximum^ the result above is divided by .636. Hence in the prob- 

2 448 000 
lem in hand the maximum density in the teeth is 41 04. y ttoa = 

94,000 lines per square inch. As a matter of fact it is actually 
about 96,000 lines since the 2,448,000 was figured with 362 con- 
ductors per phase and a throw of one and ten, whereas there are 
now 24 X 48 -7- 3 = 384 conductors per phase, but the throw is 
only one and nine and substituting back in the original flux 
equation, 

Flux per pole = 

45,000,000 X 440 o.onnnnr 

25 X 384 X .955 X .866 = 2,480,000 hnes. 

This value namely, 96,000 for density in the teeth is perfectly 
permissible. It should not be allowed to exceed, say, 130,000 for 
25 cycle machines, nor about 110,000 for 60 cycle machines. 

Figuring the cross section of the stator conductor. — Having 
determined the number of conductors required in the slot, that 
is 24, the next step is to figure the. necessary size of the con- 
ductor or cross section and see if the coils will go in the slot after 
being properly insulated. In order to figure this it is necessary 
to know what the full load current of the motor will be. The 
formula for finding the full load current of a two phase motor is. 

Full load current per lead = 

. Horsepowe r X 746 
2 X volts per phase X efficiency X power factor 
Where the efiiciency and the power factor are the full load 
values and are expressed in hundredths, that is with a decimal 
point in front of each. For example 90 per cent, is written .90 
and 85 per cent, power factor is written. 85, etc. For a three 
phase motor the formula changes to. 

Full load current per lead = 

Horsepower X 746 
1.73 X volts per phase X effi^ency X power factor 

which it will be noted is similar to the two phase formula except 
1.73 is used in the denominator instead of 2. One thing must 
be specially noted about the three phase and that is that the full 
load current so found is the current in the outside motor lead or 



196 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

the current drawn from the line. If the motor is star connected 
inside this same current flows in the motor winding itself and hence 
in the conductors in the slots, unless the winding is in 2 or more 
parallels in which case of course, the lead or line current splits 
up into as many parts as there are parallel paths. On the other 
hand if the windings inside th^ motor are delta connected as they 
are in the case we are considering, the current in the windings 
will be less than the current coming in the lead as figured above 
and it is necessary to divide by 1.73 a second time to find out 
what the current is, which must actually be provided for in the 
coils themselves. 

Preparing to apply the above formula, at once the problem 
arises, What is the full load efficiency and the full load power 
factor of the motor for which this winding is being figured? 
Of course there is a wide variation in these figures between small 
and large motors, and between high and low speeds, and between 
25 and 60 cycles and these variations are shown as well as may 
be in the Standard Hand Book referred to in the foregoing and 
other text books. For the purpose here, which as has been stated, 
is somewhat rough and ready, an approximation must be assumed. 
The handiest approximation the author has ever used and one 
that has given good results is to assume that a three phase, 550 
volt motor, draws from the line in each lead just about one am- 
pere per horsepower. This is very closely true in most lines of 
commercial motors over a wide range of sizes and speeds. Then 
if the motor in question is not 3 phase or if it is not 550 volts 
the current can readily be changed to other voltages. For ex- 
ample assume a 40 hp. motor. Then at 550 volts 3 phase it 
follows that its full load current per lead is 40 amperes, at 440 

550 
volts its full load current Would be Tjn X 40 = 50 amperes and 

550 
at 220 volts it would be ^on X 40 = 100 amperes and at 110 volts 

550 
it would be \rr^ X 40 = 200 amperes and so on. Similarly to 

1 73 
convert to two phase multipy these values by ^t^q = '86 because 

the current of any two phase motor is always that much less than 
the corresponding three phase. 

Referring again to the formula above for the full load current 
of a 3 phase motor, to give one ampere per horsepower at 550 
volts would mean that the product of the efficiency and power 



HOW TO FIGURE A NEW WINDING FOR AN OLD CORE 197 

factor would be .785. This might be assumed to be 89 per cent, 
efficiency and 88 per cent, power factor or any other combination 
whose product gave .785. At all events this is an average value 
and sufficiently near correct for the present purpose. 

Since the present calculation assumes a 50 hp. 3 phase 
440 volt rating it may be assumed that the full load current per 

lead is ~~aa7) — ~ 62.5 amperes. Since the winding is to be 

delta connected the current in the coils themselves will be 

62.5 

YYo = 36.1 amperes. There is no fixed rule that can be followed 

for the cross section of copper required in the coil per ampere. 
It may be as low as 400 circular mils in some cases and may have 
to be as high as 1,000 circular mils in others. Slow speed motors 
and higher voltages (where there is more insulation to pass the 
heat through) require larger copper than do higher speeds and 
lower voltages. In the present case and in most average cases 
a figure of 750 circular mils can be used. For the present case 
then the circular mils required would be 36.1 X 750 = 27,075 
circular mils. Looking in a Brown and Sharpe wire table the 
nearest size to this is No. 6 round wire which shows 26,250 circular 
mils. This is near enough and it is selected. The problem now 
is, will 24 No. 6 wires go in a slot .65 in. wide by 1.70 in. deep 
and allow for the retaining wedge at the top and the proper insu- 
lation for 440 volts? To answer this it is necessary to know some- 
thing about insulation requirements. As there are commonly 
only two voltage classes met with, it can be stated that voltages 
up to and including 550 volts wiU require a space in the width of 
the slot of about .1 of an inch and in the depth of the slot of about 
.15 inches and voltages above 550 up to and including 2,200 will 
require about .16 inches in width and .26 inches in depth. These 
figures in depth do not include any retaining wedges or so called 
" top sticks, " but must be allowed in addition to the wires between 
the bottom of the wedge, and the bottom of the slot. In the 
case just being figured the wires will evidently go in better 3X8 
than any other way. The diameter of No. 6 round wire over double 
cotton covering is .178 inches. Three wires in width would be 
3 X .178 = .534 in. adding .1 in. for insulation gives .534 -f- .1 = 
.634 which goes very well in the width of the slot which is .65 in. 
In depth 8 wires would require 8 X .178 inches = 1.424. The 
allowance for insulation is .150 in. and the usual coil retaining 



198 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

wedge requires .125 in. so that the total required depth will be 
1.424 + .150 + .125 = 1.699 in. which just exactly fills the avail- 
able depth. It should be under stood that the 24 wires are not 
3 X 8 in one coil but 3 X 4 in each coil and two coils in the slot 
according to the usual practice. If the wires had not fitted in 
the slot as shown it would have been necessary to choose a wire 
small enough to go in the space and then by trial after the winding 
was complete find out how many horsepower the winding would 
carry without over heating. If it were not possible to get 50 
horsepower it would probably develop 45 hp. without trouble 
if the output coefficient checked to 50 as shown in the beginning 
of this chapter. 

With regard to the rotor winding if it is of the wound rotor 
type the number of wires per slot can. be made any number 
that is convenient, provided the total weight of copper in the rotor 
winding is made approximately 80 per cent, to 85 per cent, of 
that in the complete stator winding. 

Voltage Between Collector Rings. — In the case of a wound 
rotor motor it is often useful to know the voltage at stand still 
between the rotor collector rings in order to determine how much 
resistance should be used in the starting or speed regulating 
controller. This may be determined very closely from the 
formula: 

Volts between collector rings = j^ .. Trr v^ tz 

Ax X It 1 X A3 

Where Ei = line voltage applied to the stator 

Wi = number of conductors in series per phase in the 

stator 
W2 = number of conductors in series per phase in the 

rotor 
Ki = Hi stator winding is two phase or three phase delta 
Ki = 1.73 if stator winding is three phase star 
jfiTa = 1 if rotor is connected delta 
K2 = 1.73 if rotor is connected star 
Ki = chord factor of the stator coils as explained in 

Chapter IV 

The number of conductors in series per phase in either stator 
or rotor is equal to the total number of slots multipUed by the 
number of wires in each slot, divided by the number of phases 
and divided by the number of parallels in which the winding 
diagram shows the winding to be connected. 



HOW TO FIGURE A NEW WINDING FOR AN OLD CORE 199 

For example, what is the voltage between collector rings on 
a wound rotor motor with the following data? The line voltage 
is 220. There are 72 slots in the stator and 10 wires per slot. 
The stator winding is three phase, two parallel star, 6 pole and 
the coil throw is slots 1 and 9. There are 54 slots in the rotor, 
two conductors per slot and the rotor winding is connected 
series star. 

Setting down the data for use in the formula given above 

El = 220, Wi = ^3^^" = 120, TF2 = ^^^ = 36, Ki = 

1.73, K2 = 1.73, Kz = primary chord factor = sine of 60 deg. = 
.866, because '^^ = 12 slots = 180 deg. and one slot = 15 deg. 
Hence, a throw of 1 and 9 spans 8 slots or 8 X 15 = 120 deg. 
and the chord factor = the sine of one-half the angle spanned 
by the coil = J^ X 120 deg. = 60 deg. = .866. Therefore, voUs 
between collector rings = 

E1XW2X K2 _ 220 X 36 X 1.73 
KiXWiXKz~ 1.73 X 120 X .866 " ^^ *'^^^^- 

If phase wound the coils must, of course, be connected for the 
same number of poles as the stator. If there should be an old 
winding on the rotor for a different number of poles it may be 
possible to reconnect it for the number desired, but as rotor wind- 
ings are nearly always of the "wave" type or something of the 
same order it is usually impossible to reconnect for any other 
number of poles. 

If the rotor winding is squirrel cage the number of bars and 
their cross section is probably fixed. The cross section of the 
end rings if of rolled or drawn copper should be so chosen that 
the weight of bars plus rings is about. 75 per cent, to 80 per cent, 
of the total weight of the stator coils. If the rings are cast copper 
or cast brass it should be remembered that a larger cross section 
will be required since the conductivity of the best cast copper 
is only 80 per cent, to 85 per cent, of the conductivity of rolled 
copper and cast brass is as low as 18 per cent, to 25 per cent, of 
the conductivity of drawn or rolled copper. This would mean 
that a ring of cast brass would have to be 4 to 5 times the cross 
section of the corresponding rolled copper ring to carry the same 
current. It should also be remembered that a two pole motor 
would have proportionately the heaviest ring on the squirrel 
cage, a four pole next, then a six and so on, and that when 10 poles 



200 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

or 12 poles are reached the ring would probably be no larger in 
cross section than would be required for mechanical strength and 
construction. 

Such in its briefest form is the simplest calculation that can be 
made which it is safe to make in the hope of getting the desired 
result. It will be noted that no attention has been paid to cal- 
culating the leakage reactance, nor the no load current, nor the 
starting and maximum torques, nor the circle diagram nor any 
of the refinements which the designing engineer commonly 
employs; and yet if care is used in employing the checks that are 
made the experimenter should be rewarded with reasonable 
results. 

To sum up, the available core is first checked by the output 
coefiicient to see if it will develop the horsepower at the desired 
speed. Next a check is made to see how much magnetic field 
can be handled in the core and teeth. Then the proper number 
of conductors is chosen to generate the line voltage when acted 
upon by the permissible magnetic field. These conductors are 
then made of the proper size to carry the working current and 
insulated for the working voltage and fitted in the slots. This is 
all that is attempted and it is assumed that if these conditions 
are met, all the other conditions of operation will fall reasonably 
in line or can be adjusted after trial without too much change to 
meet the desired requirements. 

Naturally, such broad assumptions may not result in a design 
of finished nicety, but they may sometimes give quick results 
where results must be had quickly or not at all. 



CHAPTER XIII 
STANDARD GROUP DIAGRAMS FROM 2 TO 14 POLES 

The form of diagram which is most often used in connecting 
induction motor windings is the so-called " group *' diagram so 
often illustrated in the foregoing chapters where the coils are 
''stubbed" or grouped into pole-phase groups and then cross 
connected to form magnetic poles. This form of diagram is 
practically universally used for stators with open slots and be- 
cause it is so often employed, it is considered desirable to give 
in this chapter a series of diagrams covering all possible combina- 
tions both two and three phase, star and delta, from two to 
fourteen poles. 

To attempt to show "developed" windings, that is a picture 
of the actual coils rolled out flat for all possible numbers of poles, 
phases, slots, coils per slot, etc. would require several hundred 
diagrams even for full pitch windings and with the slots always 
an integral multiple of the phases times the poles, and if to this is 
added the possibilities of chording and using a total number of 
slots not an even multiple of the phases time the poles, the num- 
ber of pictures required to show all the connections would run 
into thousands. However, by the relatively simple scheme of 
considering the group of coils which forms one pole-phase group 
as a unit, the possible number of combinations becomes greatly 
limited, and as shown by the following diagrams all the combina- 
tions from two to fourteen poles can be shown by means of 
diagrams shown in Figs. 190 to 270 inclusive. 

From the nature of the diagrams here given it will be seen that 
they are not dependent on the total number of slots in the ma- 
chine, nor upon the number of coils per group, nor upon the throw 
or pitch of the coils, but are general for all machines of the same 
number of phases and poles. Each one of the small arcs in the 
circle represents the ends of the coils in a single pole-phase group 
in the winding. In order to illustrate this, photographs have 

201 



202 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 





♦ Ji^ 



Fig. 190. — Two pole, two phase, series. Fio. 193. — Two pole, three phase, parallel 

star. 

C Ji 6 





Fio. 191. — Two pole, two phase, parallel. 




Fig. 194. — Two pole, three phase, series 

delta. 



B A c 




Fig. 192. — Two pole, three phase, series Fig. 195. — Two pole, three parallel, phase 

star. delta. 



STANDARD GROUP DIAGRAMS FROM 2 TO 14 POLES 203 




Fio. 196. — Four pole, two phase, series. 




Fig. 197. — Four pole, two phase, two parallel. 




I t 

8g B, A, Az 

Fio. 198. — Four pole, two phase, four parallel. 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 




STANDARD GROUP DIAGRAMS FROM 2 TO 14 POLES, 205 




CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 




ABC 

I, three Fio. 214. — Sii pole, three phaa 

parallel delta. 





ABC 
Fio. 213. — Six pole, three phase, a 
deltK. 




STANDARD GROUP DIAGRAMS FROM 2 TO 14 POLES 207 





Fia. 221. — Eight pole, throe phase, 



CONNECTIffa INDUCTION MOTORS 





STANDARD GROUP DIAGRAMS FROM 2 TO 14 POLES 209 




Pio. 229. — Ten pole, two phase. 




Fid. 233.— Ten polo, threB phaao, 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 




STANDARD GROUP DIAGRAMS FROM 2 TO 14 POLES 213 




CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 




A, A^ 8, Bz 
Fio. 259. — Fourteen pole, two phase 




Fig. 261— Fourteen pole, two phase, Fio. 264. — Fourteen pole, three 
■even puiUleL phase, two parAllel star. 



STANDARD GROUP DIAGRAMS FROM 2 TO 14 POLES 215 




216 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

been taken of & machine in three stages. In Fig. 271 a machine 
is shown in which the coils have simply been placed in the slots 
by the winder and no connections have been made. The wires 
which are the beginnings and endings of the coils are sticking 

Fta. 271. — Coila wound but unconaected. 



Via. 273.— The completed 

out at random. In Fig. 272 the coils have been connected into 
several distinct groups, and the remaining wireSjWhich protrude 
radially toward and away from the center of the machine, form 
the beginning and the end of each pole-phase group. The opera- 
tion which has been performed between Fig. 271 and Fig. 272 
can be described in this way: — Suppose, for example, that there 
are 96 total coils in the winding and that it is to be connected 



STANDARD GROUP DIAGRAMS FROM 2 TO 14 POLES 217 

for three phases and four poles. There will then be 3 X 4 =* 12 
pole phase groups, and 96 -r- 12 = 8 coils in each group. Start- 
ing at any arbitrary point, the winder connects the first eight 
coils in series by connecting the end of coil 1 to the beginning of 
coil 2, and the end of coil 2 to the beginning of coil 3, etc., until 
eight coils are in series. The beginning of coil 1 is then bent 
outward and left long and the end of coil 8 is bent inward and 
left long. Between these two are seven short "stubs" or coil- 
to-coil connections, which are shown taped up in Fig. 272. The 
winder then proceeds to connect coils 9 to 16 in series in the 
same manner to form pole-phase group No. 2, and so on around 
the machine until he has completed 12 pole phase groups and 
used all the coils, and the winding looks as shown in Fig. 272. 

In case the winding has certain coils provided with heavier 
insulation on the end turns to take the strain of the full voltage 
of the machine where different phases are adjacent, the operation 
is slightly different. Then, the number of coils per pole phase 
group must be checked before the windings are inserted in the 
slots, and specially insulated phase coils placed on both ends of 
each group. In this case the location of the pole phase groups 
is definitely determined by the winder before he starts connect- 
ing the coils together. 

The next step is to mark the pole phase groups A-B-C-A-B-C , 
etc., around the machine and then to connect all the groups to- 
gether in the proper manner to form a three-phase winding by 
means of a diagram of the same form as those shown in this 
chapter. The completed winding will then appear as shown 
in Fig. 273. 

While it is intended to reproduce here only the standard dia- 
grams over a wide range of speeds, it is useful to review 
the general theory of their construction and the simple methods 
by which any winding may be checked for phase polarity. 
This is shown in Figs. 274 to 277, inclusive. In Fig. 274 a wind- 
ing chosen at random is shown ''stubbed'' into pole-phase groups 
for a two-phase connection, and in Fig. 276 stubbed for a three- 
phase connection. To determinfe the proper connections for the 
pole-phase groups in a two-phase winding, the rule is to mark on 
the groups arrows alternating in direction in pairs, i.e., on two 
successive groups the arrows are clockwise and on the two im- 
mediately adjacent the arrows are counter-clockwise. Such 
arrows, for example, are shown in Fig. 274 just above the wind- 



218 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



ings. If now one end of any group in a phase is chosen as a lead 
and all the groups are followed through and connected as indi- 
cated by the arrows, the connection will be correct. Such a 




/^ 



fi^n^. 






Fia. 274. — Checking a two-phase connection. 



• • • • 1 





r • 1 i 




'^«o<yj 



Fio. 275. — Similar to Fig. 274, but **B" phase reversed. 



\ 







\i \., 






6 



Fxo. 276. — Checking a three-phase connection. 

*" -^ JL A 




! '' f-'^'I!JTr!hM 




Fio. 277. — Similar to Fig. 276, but leads taken off different groups. 

connection is shown in Fig. 274. However, suppose the arrows 
had alternated in pairs, but started with a different group, as 
shown just above the windings in Fig. 275. The result is shown 



STANDARD GROUP DIAGRAMS FROM 2 TO 14 POLES 219 



A. 

K 



in Fig. 276, which is just as correct as Fig. 274, except that the 
motor would run with the opposite direction of rotation. Since 
the rotation can be changed by reversing the two leads of either 
phase outside of the motor, it is evident that the rule using the 
arrows alternating in pairs is correct in all cases. It should also 
be noted that it makes no diflference from what group the lead 
is taken, provided all the groups are followed through with the 
arrows. 

In the three-phase machine it is even simpler. The rule in 
that case is to put arrows on the groups alternating in direction 
from group to group, as shown in Fig. 276. Any group may then 
be chosen as a "lead'' group or a "star" group so long as the 
arrows are followed in passing 
from the lead to the star in each 
phase. Figure 276 shows one ar- 
rangement and Fig. 277 another 
equally correct, and there might 
be an indefinite number more, 
simply by choosing the lead from 
another group and following the 
arrows through to the star in each 
phase. Although shown for a de- 
veloped four-pole winding only, 
these diagrams may be considered 
as strictly general, as additional groups may be added to make 
six, eight, or any other number of poles, and the current 
passed through them in any order, so long as the phases are kept 
in the correct rotation, and the current in the right direction, as 
indicated by the arrows. 

In case a delta connection is wanted instead of a star, check 
the connections through as for a star and then connect the A star 
to the B lead, the B star to the C lead, and the C star to the A 
lead, as shown in Fig. 278; or connect the A lead to the B neutral, 
the B lead to the C neutral, and the C lead to the A neutral. The 
three new leads will be taken from the corners of the delta so 
formed. 




Fig. 278. — Changing from star to 
delta. 



CHAPTER XIV 
WAVE DIAGRAMS 

With the exception of one or two diagrams briefly mentioned in 
Chapter III practically all the diagrams discussed in the book 
and those shown in Chapter XIII are of the type usually employed 
for the stator winding. These could be used for the rotor also 
so far as any electrical considerations are concerned. • It will be 
noticed, however, when the cross connections are considered 
that they are not arranged with mechanical symmetry 
around the machine and, hence, if a diagram of this type were 
used on the rotor there would be a tendency toward mechanical 
unbalance which would set up mechanical vibration when the 
rotor was running at full speed. In addition to this objection, 
cross connections of this type are difficult to arrange and secure 
in place on the rotor on account of their irregular shape and the 
considerable space which they occupy. For this reason, so- 
called "wave" diagrams, as shown in Figs. 279 to 289 in- 
clusive, are ordinarily employed. on the rotor. They are of the 
old, well known D. C. armature type sometimes called "pro- 
gressive" or "retrogressive" windings. On examination they 
will be found to be very regular mechanically and distributed with 
practically perfect symmetry around the machine. They have 
also the advantage of requiring a minimum of cross connections — 
these being reduced to the three leads to the collector rings, one 
jumper joining the two halves of each phase winding and in case 
of a star connection the additional "star ring" with 3 taps, one 
to each phase. 

The rotor winding is practically always three phase and may be 
connected either star or delta depending on the voltage which is 
desired between the collector rings. A star connection would 
give 1.73 times the voltage between rings that would exist with a 
delta connection. This would mean a smaller current with 
consequently smaller rings and brushes but would, in turn, 
require insulation for the higher voltage throughout the wind- 
ing and between collector rings. 

220 



WAVE DIAGRAMS 221 

A two phase winding is practicafly never used on the rotor 
as it would require four collector rings and an added set of brushes. 
When the rotating magnetic field is set up by the primary winding 
it is practically the same whether created by two phase or three 
phase current and is the same as if it were set up by D. C. as 
described in Chapter II. Hence, when the field is set up it can 
act on a three phase rotor as well as a two phase and advantage 
is taken of this fact to reduce the required number of collector 
rings and brush holders to a minimum. 

In checking over these wave diagrams it will be noticed that 
the number of slots is always a multiple of the number of phases 
times the number of poles and hence an even figure whereas a 
true ''progressive" or ''retrogressive" winding as ordinarily 
used on direct current for a two coil per slot winding must satisfy 
the expression 

Number of slots ±1 • . i i_ 

— ^7^ — ^ — = = an mtegral nimiber 

Pairs of poles 

in order that the conductor after passing around the machine 
may fall into the slot adjacent to the one in which it started. In 
the diagrams, Figs. 279 to 289, this is avoided mechanically 
in the following way: Since the total number of slots is a multi- 
ple of the number of poles and since the throw of the coil on a 
rotor is exactly pitch the natural result would be that after once 
passing around the rotor the conductor would fall again into 
slot No. 1 in which it started. For example assume a 72 slot rotor 
wound for 8 poles. Starting in the bottom of slot No. 1 the conduc- 
tor passes successively through the top of slot 10, bottom of 19, 
top of 28, bottom of 37, top of 46, bottom of 64, top of 63 and 
would again fall into the bottom of slot No. 1. However, the 
winder at this point bends the coil to one slot shorter throw and 
arbitrarily places it in the bottom of slot 72 and again around the 
rotor when he throws it in slot 71 and winds a third time around 
the rotor and stops when he comes out of the top of slot No. 61. 
He then leaves the two ends of this section of winding, viz., 
bottom of slot No. 1 and top of slot No. 61. This completes one 
sixth of the winding and he proceeds to complete the other five 
sixths in the same manner. At the finish there are left six com- 
plete sections and twelve loose ends or leads. The winder then 
takes the lead from the top of slot No. 61 described above and 
looks for the section of the winding which lies in the tops of slots 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 




WAVE DIAGRAMS 



223 




CONNSCTINO INDUCTION MOTORS 



WAVE DIAOBAMS 



CONNECTlUa INDUCTION MOTORS 



WAVE DIAGRAMS 



228 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



WAVE DIAOBAUS 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



WAVE DIAGRAMS 



CONNECTINQ INDUCTION MOTORS 



WA VE DIAGRAMS 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



WAVE DIAGRAMS 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



WAVE DIAGRAMS 



238 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 




WAVE DIAGRAMS 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



WAVE DIAQRAMS 



CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 



WAVE DIAGRAMS 



i 
I 
I 
I 

li 
P 

I 

I 



244 CONNECTING INDUCTION MOTORS 

1-72-71, etc. Having located this section which may be called 
section No. 4, the end of section No. 1 is connected to the end of 
No. 4 so that the completed phase will have passed three times 
around the armature clockwise and three times counter-clock- 
wise. This is very similar to the case explained by Figs. 45, 
46, and 47 in Chapter III. A little study of the diagrams, Fig- 
ures 279 and 289, will show how this is done. After the three 
separate phases are complete they are connected in star or delta 
and the leads brought out as shown in the diagrams. 



GENERAL INDEX 



Air-gap, effect on performance, 183, 184 

B 

Balance test, 169, 172 

Bar and end connector windings, 22 



Changing volts, phase, poles, cycles, r.p.m., h.p., 134 

examples of, 146, 149, 151 
Chord factor, 56, 57, 118, 119 
Chording a winding, advantage of, 53 

effect of, 55, 60, 141 
Coil throw, 141, see also ^ ^Chording." 
Coils reversed, 173 
Compass test, 169, 171 
Concentric coil windings, 37 
Conductor, cross section required, 138, 195 
Conductors per phase, formula for, 193 
Consequent pole windings, 39, 44, 125 
Core iron, cross section required, 138^ 188, 189, 191, 192 
Count, wrong number of coils in group, 173, 174 
Counter electro-motive force, 2, 10, 51, 107, 118, 140 
Current per lead, formula for, 195, 196 

quick approximation, 196 

D 

Defects, ten most common in windings, 158 

order of locating, 180, 181 
Delta connections, 11, 50, 219 
Design, points considered in making, 185, 186 
Diagrams, see special index for, 249 

delta, 50, 219 

how to draw for any winding, 46, 217, 218 

schematic equivalent, 43 

standard ''group," Chapter XIII 

typical "wave," Chapter XIV 

wave, how drawn, 221 
Diamond coil windings, 29 

245 



246 GENERAL INDEX 

E 
Efficiency, 183, 184 



Faults, locating, 153, 180, 181 

ten most common, 158, 159, 160 

Ferraris, 6 

Figuring a new winding, 182 

Flux per pole, 190 

Frequency, of an alternating current, 9 
how it affects the winding, 105 
how it affects r.p.m., 105 

Functions of windings, d.c. motor, 1 
a.c. induction motor, 4 
a.c. synchronous motor, 3 



G 



Grounded windings, 160 

locating grounds, 165, 166 
Group reversed, 173, 174 



H 



Hand wound coils, 25 

Horse power, relation to torque and r.p.m., 107, 135 



Insulation, phase, 61, 97, 122 

A. I. E. E. formula for resistance, 80 
checking for voltage, 77 
space required in slot, 197 
tests, 79 



Lap windings, 40 
Locating faults, 153 



M 



Magnetic field, affected by chording, 64 

Magnetic field, or flux per pole, 190 

Magnetic noise, how separated from windage noise, 153 

Maximum torque, 183, 184 

Mechanical troubles, caused by windings, 153, 154, 155 



O 



Open circuits, 165, 178, 179 
Output coefficient, 187 



GENERAL INDEX 247 



Performance, how affected by winding, 183, 184 
Peripheral speed, of rotor, 120 

safe value for, 106 
Phase and voltage table, 99, 145 
Phase insulation, 61, 97, 122, 217 
Phase reversed, 173, 176 
Phases, how the number affects the windings, 87 

changing phase and voltage, 87 
Poles and r.p.m., 113 
Poles, changing number of, 113 

changing affects chord factor, 56 
Poles, how number affects cross section of iron core, 139 

connection for wrong number of, 165, 175 
Power factor, 183, 184 
"Pull out," see "Maximum torque." 
"Pushed through" windings, 22 

R 

Reconnecting old windings, 134, 136, 137 

examples of, 146, 149, 151 
Reversal of part of winding, 162, 173, 174 
Reversing rotation, by reversing leads, 11, 20 
Rotating magnetic field, 5 

d.c. analogue, 7 

graphical representation, 16 

set up by a.c, 6, 14 

sine wave shape, 13 

"stair step" pictures of, 11 
Rotor winding, why three phase, 11, 220 
R.P.M., relation to horse power and torque, 107, 135 

and poles, 9, 106, 113 

connected for wrong, 165 

S 

Schematic equivalent diagram, 43 

Scott connection or "Tee," 91 

Secondary voltage, 102 

Secondary voltage, how, to figure, 198, 199 

Shorted windings, 161, .167, 168 

"SUp," definition of, 113 

Slots, number of, 123 

"Split group," connection, 130, 132 

Star connected winding, changing to delta, 219 

Starting current and starting torque, 183, 184 

Starting squirrel cage motor, 112 

"Stubbing" and connecting, 216 



248 GENERAL INDEX 



"Tee" connection, 91, 133 

Tesla, 6 

Testing, volts and watts, 156, 157 

balance test, 169, 172 

compass test, 169, 171 
Torque, how produced, 5 

relation to h.p. and r.p.m., 107, 135 
Two speed windings, 125 



U 



Uns3rmmetrical connections, 123 



Vibration, mechanical, 154 

Voltage, per turn in a winding, 81 

all kinds of changes reduced to voltage changes, 142 

and phase, table for different connections, 99, 145 

between collector rings, how to figure, 198, 199 

table of, 86 

two- and three-phase compared, 85 

wrong connection, 175 

W 

Windage noise, 153 
Windings, types of, 22 

bar and end coimector, 22 

"diamond'' coils, 29 

fed in coils, 25 

for open slots, 29 

hand wound, 25 

partly closed slots, 22 
Windings, wave, 31, 40 

chorded, 51 

concentric coil, 37 

consequent pole, 39, 44, 125 

effect of voltage on, 77 

figuring a new winding, 182 

generator action of, 140, see also Counter e.m.f. 

grounded, 160 

lap, 40 

points considered in figuring, 185, 186 

possibility of reconnecting, 77 

reconnecting for new conditions, 134 

reversal of part, 162, 173 

shorted, 161 



INDEX OF DIAGRAMS 

Standard Gboup Diagrams 

Two-pole, two-phase, series, Figure 190, page 202. 
Two-pole, two-phase, parallel. Figure 191, page 202. 
Two-pole, three-phase, series star. Figure 192, page 202. 
Two-pole, three-phase, parallel star, Figure 193, page 202. 
Two-pole, three-phase, series delta. Figure 194, page 202. 
Two-pole, three-phase, parallel delta. Figure 195, page 202. 
Four-pole, two-phase, series. Figure 196, page 203. 
Four-pole, two-phase, two parallel, Figure 197, page 203. 
Four-pole, two-phase, four parallel. Figure 198, page 203. 
Four-pole, three-phase, series star. Figure 199, page 204. 
Four-pole, three-phase, two parallel star. Figure 200, page 204. 
Four-pole, three-phase, four parallel star. Figure 201, page 204. 
Four-pole, three-phase, series delta. Figure 202, page 204. 
Four-pole, three-phase, two parallel delta. Figure 203, page 204. 
Four-pole, three-phase, four parallel delta. Figure 204, page 204. 
Six-pole, two-phase, series, Figure 205, page 205. 
Six-pole, two-phase, two parallel. Figure 206, page 205. 
Six-pole, two-phase, three parallel. Figure 207, page 205. 
Six-pole, two-phase, six parallel. Figure 208, page 205. 
Six-pole, three-phase, series star, Figure 209, page 205. 
Six-pole, three-phase, two parallel star. Figure 210, page 205. 
Six-pole, three-phase, three parallel star. Figure 211, page 206. 
Six-pole, three-phase, six parallel star, Figure 212, page 206. 
Six-pole, three-phase, series delta, Figure 213, page 206. 
Six-pole, three-phase, two parallel delta. Figure 214, page 206. 
Six-pole, three-phase, three parallel delta, Figure 215, page 206. 
Six-pole, three-phase, six parallel delta. Figure 216, page 206. 
Eight-pole, two-phase, series. Figure 217, page 207. 
Eight-pole, two-phase, two parallel. Figure 218, page 207. 
Eight-pole, two-phase, four parallel. Figure 219, page 207. 
Eight-pole, two-phase, eight parallel. Figure 220, page 207. 
Eight-pole, three-phase, series star. Figure 221, page 207. 
Eight-pole, three-phase, two parallel star, Figure 222, page 207. 
Eight-pole, three-phase, four parallel star. Figure 223, page 208. 
Eight-pole, three-phase, eight parallel star. Figure 224, page 208. 
Eight-pole, three-phase, series delta, Figure 225, page 208. 
Eight-pole, three-phase, two parallel delta, Figure 226, page 208. 
Eight-pole, three-phase, four-parallel delta. Figure 227, page 208. 
Eight-pole, three-phase, eight parallel delta. Figure 228, page 208. 
Ten-pole, two-phase, series. Figure 229, page 209. 
Ten-pole, two-phase, two parallel. Figure 230, page 209. 

249 



260 INDEX OF DIAGRAMS 

Ten-pole, two-phase, five parallel, Figure 231, page 209. 
Ten-pole, two-phase, ten parallel, Figure 232, page 209. 
Ten-pole, three-phase, series star. Figure 233, page 209. 
Ten-pole, three-phase, two parallel star, Figure 234, page 209. 
Ten-pole, three-phase, five parallel star, Figure 235, page 210. 
Ten-pole, three-phase, ten parallel star. Figure 236, page 210. 
Ten-pole, three-phase, series delta. Figure 237, page 210. 
Ten-pole, three-phase, two parallel delta, Figure 238, page 210. 
Ten-pole, three-phase, five parallel delta, Figure 239, page 210. 
Ten-pole, three-phase, ten parallel delta. Figure 240, page 210. 
Twelve-pole, two-phase, series. Figure 241, page 211. 
Twelve-pole, two-phase, two parallel, Figure 242, page 211. ' 
Twelve-pole, two-phase, three parallel. Figure 243, page 211. 
Twelve-pole, two-phase, four parallel, Figure 244, page 211. 
Twelve-pole, two-phase, six parallel. Figure 245, page 211. 
Twelve-pole, two-phase, twelve parallel. Figure 246, page 211. 
Twelve-pole, three-phase, series star, Figure 247, page 212. 
Twelve-pole, three-phase, two parallel star. Figure 248, page 212. 
Twelve-pole, three-phase, three parallel star. Figure 249. page 212. 
Twelve-pole, three-phase, four parallel star. Figure 250, page 212. 
Twelve-pole, three-phase, six parallel star. Figure 251, page 212. 
Twelve-pole, three-phase, twelve parallel star, Figure 252, page 212. 
Twelve-pole, three-phase, series delta. Figure 253, page 213. 
Twelve-pole, three-phase, two parallel delta. Figure 254, page 213. 
Twelve-pole, three-phase, three parallel delta, Figure 255, page 213. 
Twelve-pole, three-phase, four parallel delta. Figure 256, page 213. 
Twelve-pole, three-phase, six parallel delta. Figure 257, page 213. 
Twelve-pole, three-phase, twelve parallel delta. Figure 258, page 213. 
Fourteen-pole, two-phase, series. Figure 259, page 214. 
Fourteen-pole, two-phase, two parallel. Figure 260, page 214. 
Fourteen-pole, two-phase, seven parallel, Figure 261, page 214. 
Fourteen-pole, two-phase, fourteen parallel, Figure 262, page 214. 
Fourteen-pole, three-phase, series star, Fi^re 263, page 214. 
Fourteen-pole, three-phase, two parallel star. Figure 264, page 214. 
Fourteen-pole, three-phase, seven parallel star, Figure 265, page 215. 
Fourteen-pole, three-phase, fourteen parallel star. Figure 266, page 215. 
Fourteen-pole, three-phase, series delta, Figure 267, page 215. 
Fourteen-pole, three-phase, two parallel delta, Figure 268, page 215. 
Fourteen-pole, three-phase, seven parallel delta. Figure 269, page 215. 
Fourteen-pole, three-phase, fourteen parallel delta, Figure 270, page 215. 

Typical Wave Diaqbams 

Four-pole, three-phase, series delta^ 84 slots, Figure 279, pages 222 and 223. 
Six-pole, three-phase, series delta, 108 slots, Figure 280, pages 224 and 225. 
Eight-pole, three-phase, series delta, 144 slots. Figure 281, pages 226 and 

227. 
Ten-pole, three-phase, series star, 180 slots. Figure 282, pages 228 and 229. 
Twelve-pole, three-phase, series star, 144 slots. Figure 283, pages 230 and 

321.